KAPSCH TRAFFICCOM CANADA 802295A Non-multilateration LMS transmitter and receiver User Manual Operator and Maintenance Manual

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft)

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

JANUS® MULTI-PROTOCOL READER VER. 2

OPERATOR AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

QMS EDITION - ISO9001:2008

DOCUMENT: UM 360463-202

REVISION:A12 (Draft)

DATE: May 8, 2014

Kapsch TrafficCom

6020 AMBLER DRIVE

8201 GREENSBORO DRIVE , SUITE 1002

MISSISSAUGA, ON L4W 2P1

1. MCLEAN, VA 22102

TEL: (905) 624-3025

2. TEL: (703) 885-1976

FAX: (905) 624-4572

3. FAX: (703) 790-9100

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 2 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 3 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

FCC License Notice:

This equipment emits RF signals. In order to operate this equipment the customer

must obtain a separate FCC Part 90 Site license for each location. In addition, the

FCC ID component identification JQU802295 must appear on a label on the front

of the RF Modules installed in these Readers.

NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to

the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference

and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a

Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are

designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the

equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates,

uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in

accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio

communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to

cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the

interference at their expense.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Kapsch TrafficCom could

void FCC compliance and the authority to operate the equipment.

The Power output of a module at ambient (Pout(amb)) shall be constrained using

internal or external TX attenuation so that the following is satisfied:

Pout(amb): Gfund <= 43.77 dBmd - Gfund;

Where Gfund is the net gain from antenna connector on the RF module to the

antenna radiated signal where the antenna gain is expressed in dBd.

NOTE: IEC 60950-1 and/or EN60950-1, First Edition, Information Technology

Equipment – Safety – Part 1: General Requirements require that this equipment

must be located in a RESTRICTED ACCESS LOCATION (RAL). Only authorized

personnel can have access to the equipment.

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 4 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

SOFTWARE/FIRMWARE NOTE

The current software set is identified in the Software Release document.

The active Reader firmware version is displayed in the Reader browser interface.

FACTORY SUPPORT SERVICE

For Return Material Authorization (RMA) numbers please telephone: 905 624-3020.

For Kapsch Service information and other requests please FAX: 905 624-4572.

NOTICE

The information presented in this document is current although it is subject to

change. As such, Kapsch TrafficCom assumes no liability on behalf of the USER with

respect to interpretation based on the use of this information

COPYRIGHT STATEMENT

This technical manual contains confidential and proprietary information and is the

property of

Kapsch TrafficCom

and is issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for

the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted,

reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus

unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom IVHS Corp.

IMPORTANT!

NOTICE OF PATENTS:

Kapsch TrafficCom

has patented or has patents pending on critical design features of the item or items

described herein. Contact Kapsch TrafficCom for all queries regarding patents.

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 5 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Document Revision Control

Version

Date

Revision

Editor

Changes

2014-05-08

A12

E. Rolo

Update to Section 1.0 About this Manual to include a

caution concerning safe distance to the antenna.

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 6 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 7 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table of Contents

1. ABOUT THIS MANUAL.......................................................................................................... 17

Technical Background ...................................................................................................................................... 17

Assumptions .................................................................................................................................................... 17

Warnings and Cautions .................................................................................................................................... 17

Warnings ............................................................................................................................................................. 17

Cautions .............................................................................................................................................................. 19

Conventions used in this manual ........................................................................................................................ 20

How to use this manual ...................................................................................................................................... 21

2. OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................... 24

Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................... 24

How the JANUS MPR2 Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) Subsystem works ......................................................... 24

Active OBU .......................................................................................................................................................... 24

Passive OBU ........................................................................................................................................................ 24

JANUS MPR system components ..................................................................................................................... 24

Antenna .............................................................................................................................................................. 27

IAG Antenna specifications ............................................................................................................................. 27

Module Descriptions ........................................................................................................................................... 29

CTM MC ........................................................................................................................................................... 33

CTM CGC2 ........................................................................................................................................................ 33

The CTM web interface ....................................................................................................................................... 38

3. OPERATING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................. 39

Starting up the Reader ..................................................................................................................................... 39

Shutting down the Reader ............................................................................................................................... 39

Manually switching a Reader to the redundant side ........................................................................................ 40

Connecting a service laptop to the Reader ....................................................................................................... 40

Changing the service laptop IP address ....................................................................................................... 40

Testing the connection to the reader .......................................................................................................... 40

Accessing the CTM web interface ..................................................................................................................... 41

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 8 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Logging out of the CTM web interface ............................................................................................................. 44

Changing your password ................................................................................................................................. 44

Resetting a forgotten password ...................................................................................................................... 44

Configuring the Reader to recover automatically to the primary side ............................................................. 45

Monitoring the Reader .................................................................................................................................... 46

Reader status ...................................................................................................................................................... 46

Communications ............................................................................................................................................. 46

Power Supply Module ..................................................................................................................................... 48

RF Modules ...................................................................................................................................................... 49

Miscellaneous Information ............................................................................................................................. 51

RF Channel Statistics ........................................................................................................................................... 53

Reports by channel .......................................................................................................................................... 53

Uptime / CPU Load .......................................................................................................................................... 55

Faults ............................................................................................................................................................... 56

Transaction Buffering ...................................................................................................................................... 57

Monitoring OBU transactions as they occur via the Diagnostics page ............................................................. 58

Continuously logging transactions to a USB flash drive ................................................................................... 59

OBU Programming .......................................................................................................................................... 63

Configuring OBU programming for Traffic Management Applications ....................................................... 65

Configuring OBU programming for Toll Collection applications .................................................................. 65

Configuring Toll charges .................................................................................................................................. 67

BAT 1 tolling (deducting charges based on lane and vehicle type) ............................................................. 68

BAT 2 tolling (deducting charges based on entry and exit location) ........................................................... 69

Configuring Protocols ...................................................................................................................................... 70

Configuration .................................................................................................................................................. 72

4. THEORY OF OPERATIONS ................................................................................................ 133

Active OBUs .................................................................................................................................................. 133

Passive OBUs ................................................................................................................................................. 133

Capture zones ............................................................................................................................................... 133

Superframes .................................................................................................................................................. 134

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 9 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Multi-protocol RF Module Smart ................................................................................................................... 134

Power Supply Module (PSM) ......................................................................................................................... 135

Lane Controller Port Module (LPM) ............................................................................................................... 137

Sync Port Module (SPM) ................................................................................................................................ 137

Controller Module (CTM) ............................................................................................................................... 137

Main Controller (MC) ........................................................................................................................................ 137

Channel Group Controller Module (CGC2) ....................................................................................................... 138

Configuration Module (CFM) ......................................................................................................................... 138

Distribution Module (DSM) ............................................................................................................................ 138

Synchronization ............................................................................................................................................. 138

How Reader synchronization operates at the toll location .............................................................................. 139

The Sync Recovery Process ............................................................................................................................... 139

Log files .......................................................................................................................................................... 140

Transaction logs ................................................................................................................................................ 140

Transaction Buffering ........................................................................................................................................ 141

Event Logs ......................................................................................................................................................... 142

Trouble Logs ...................................................................................................................................................... 143

5. INSTALLATION ..................................................................................................................... 144

Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 144

The earth ground system ............................................................................................................................... 144

Lightning protectors ....................................................................................................................................... 145

Installing the Reader hardware ...................................................................................................................... 146

Installing a Lane Kit ........................................................................................................................................ 149

Installing an Antenna ........................................................................................................................................ 149

Installing the MRFM-S Modules ........................................................................................................................ 152

Installing the RF cables .............................................................................................................................. 152

Performing Lane Tuning ................................................................................................................................. 155

The Synchronization circuit ............................................................................................................................ 156

Installing a synchronization circuit ............................................................................................................ 156

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 10 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Synchronization between MPR2 Readers ...................................................................................................... 159

Configuring synchronization ...................................................................................................................... 160

Synchronization between JANUS® Readers and BADGER Readers ................................................................. 161

Configuring Synchronization ...................................................................................................................... 162

The Ethernet Network ................................................................................................................................... 164

Installing an Ethernet network .................................................................................................................. 164

Reader connections to the LC via the LPM serial ports .................................................................................. 166

Configuring reader connections ................................................................................................................ 166

IP addresses .................................................................................................................................................. 169

Setting the IP addresses ............................................................................................................................ 169

Configuring an LC Ethernet network ......................................................................................................... 171

Configuring the Ethernet 1 IP address via the Diagnostic Port.................................................................. 172

Lane Assignment voting for ORT applications ................................................................................................ 173

Selecting the correct communication method ................................................................................................. 173

Configuring Lane Voting over an Inter-Reader (IR) network ..................................................................... 173

Configure how multiple transactions are reported to the LC: ................................................................... 175

Configuring Badger-style Cross Reader Algorithm (CRA) communication ................................................ 176

Selecting the Voting Algorithm .................................................................................................................. 178

Configuring Voting Time ................................................................................................................................... 180

Manually set the voting time for a channel ............................................................................................... 180

Allowing the Reader to calculate the optimum voting time using Dynamic Voting Control ..................... 183

Configuring Channel Weight for straddle antennas .................................................................................. 186

6. TROUBLESHOOTING AND TESTING .............................................................................. 190

Troubleshooting Methodology ...................................................................................................................... 190

LED Statuses .................................................................................................................................................. 192

Troubleshooting tree: LC Ethernet 1 Port communications not working ....................................................... 194

Troubleshooting tree: Ethernet 2 Port communications not working ............................................................ 195

Troubleshooting tree: LPM Serial Port communications not working ............................................................ 196

Troubleshooting tree: MRFM-S not working ................................................................................................. 197

Troubleshooting tree: Synchronization not working ...................................................................................... 198

Constant busy state on sync bus....................................................................................................................... 199

Sync board Failure Indicator for incomplete cable connections ...................................................................... 199

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 11 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: Reader does not automatically switch back to Primary side after fault recovery ........ 200

Troubleshooting tree: Simultaneous faults on Primary and Secondary CTMs ................................................ 201

Identifying failures on the primary and/or secondary side ............................................................................. 202

Primary and/or Secondary side failure is indicated by any of the following conditions: .......................... 202

Primary side failure is indicated by any of the following conditions ......................................................... 202

Secondary side failure is indicated by any of the following conditions: .................................................... 202

Events that cause an automatic switchover ................................................................................................... 202

Reader recovery actions................................................................................................................................. 204

Testing the CTM Ethernet 1 port .................................................................................................................... 205

Testing an LPM COM port .............................................................................................................................. 205

Testing the Synchronization Circuit ................................................................................................................ 207

Testing the SPM and CTM .......................................................................................................................... 207

Testing the Synchronization hub cabling ................................................................................................... 208

Testing the MRFM-S slots .............................................................................................................................. 208

7. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 210

Corrective maintenance procedures .............................................................................................................. 210

Preventive maintenance procedures and scheduling ..................................................................................... 211

Once a year: ...................................................................................................................................................... 211

With power off: ............................................................................................................................................. 211

Every 4.5 years: ................................................................................................................................................. 211

MRFM-S replacement .................................................................................................................................... 212

Removing an MRFM-S ............................................................................................................................... 212

Installing an MRFM-S ................................................................................................................................. 215

Antenna replacement .................................................................................................................................... 216

Removing an antenna ................................................................................................................................ 217

Installing an antenna ................................................................................................................................. 218

RF cable or connector replacement ................................................................................................................ 220

Removing RF cable/connector ................................................................................................................... 221

Installing an RF cable/connector ............................................................................................................... 222

CTM replacement .......................................................................................................................................... 224

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 12 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Removing a CTM ........................................................................................................................................ 225

Installing a CTM ......................................................................................................................................... 225

SPM replacement .......................................................................................................................................... 226

Removing an SPM ...................................................................................................................................... 226

Installing an SPM ....................................................................................................................................... 226

LPM replacement .......................................................................................................................................... 226

Removing an LPM ...................................................................................................................................... 226

Installing an LPM........................................................................................................................................ 227

PSM replacement .......................................................................................................................................... 227

Removing a PSM ........................................................................................................................................ 227

Installing a PSM ......................................................................................................................................... 228

CFM replacement .......................................................................................................................................... 228

Removing a CFM ........................................................................................................................................ 228

Installing a CFM ......................................................................................................................................... 228

Replacing a PSM fuse .................................................................................................................................... 229

Rebooting the CTM ....................................................................................................................................... 230

Rebooting using CTM ON/OFF switch ....................................................................................................... 230

Rebooting from the browser interface ...................................................................................................... 230

Configuring events that cause a switchover .................................................................................................. 231

Manually select the active side and disable switchover ............................................................................ 232

Letting the Reader automatically choose the active side .......................................................................... 232

Enabling the Reader to recover automatically to the primary side ........................................................... 232

Configuring the Reader to switch automatically over when an LC link is down ........................................ 232

To configure the Reader to switch over when the Ethernet IR link is down ................................................. 236

To configure the Reader to switchover based on Test tag feedback (if present) ......................................... 236

New firmware ............................................................................................................................................... 238

Uploading new firmware ........................................................................................................................... 238

Activating new firmware ........................................................................................................................... 240

On the Primary side: .................................................................................................................................. 240

On the Secondary side: .............................................................................................................................. 242

Deleting firmware ...................................................................................................................................... 242

Saving the Reader configuration ............................................................................................................... 243

If using Internet Explorer: ............................................................................................................................. 245

If using Firefox: .............................................................................................................................................. 246

Uploading a saved configuration ............................................................................................................... 246

Resetting the Reader configuration to the factory default ....................................................................... 247

Administration .............................................................................................................................................. 249

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 13 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Creating a new user ................................................................................................................................... 249

Changing a user’s access permissions ........................................................................................................ 250

Deleting a user ........................................................................................................................................... 252

Verifying a computer is communicating with a specific CTM .................................................................... 252

Using an NTP Server to synchronize the clocks of Readers in an IR network .................................................. 254

Manually setting the Reader time and date ................................................................................................... 255

Logging transactions remotely via an Ethernet connection ............................................................................ 256

Monitoring OBU transactions as they occur via the DIAGNOSTIC PORT ......................................................... 256

Saving Reader log files to a computer ............................................................................................................ 257

Manually saving a Reader log file to a USB flash drive ................................................................................... 258

APPENDIX A MISCELLANEOUS .............................................................................................. 260

Using PuTTY to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC PORT ......................................................................................... 260

Using HyperTerminal to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC PORT ........................................................................... 260

Using RealTerm to connect to the MRFM-S .................................................................................................... 261

Accessing Documentation .............................................................................................................................. 262

Technical Specifications and Pin outs ............................................................................................................. 263

Antenna Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 270

Antenna Environmental Specifications ............................................................................................................. 271

RF Cable Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 271

Synchronization cable specifications ................................................................................................................ 272

Maximum Sync Cable Length ............................................................................................................................ 272

Sync Cable Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 272

Terminal Block ............................................................................................................................................... 273

Spares and Tools ............................................................................................................................................ 273

Test Equipment ................................................................................................................................................. 274

Test Vehicles ..................................................................................................................................................... 274

Reference Documents .................................................................................................................................... 275

Other commercial Documents .......................................................................................................................... 275

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 14 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Acronyms and Synonyms .............................................................................................................................. 276

Glossary ........................................................................................................................................................ 282

Differences between the Badger and JANUS® Readers .................................................................................. 284

APPENDIX B NON-REDUNDANT READER .......................................................................... 289

List of Figures

FIGURE 2-1: A REDUNDANT READER ...................................................................................................................... 26

FIGURE 2-2: IAG 3 ANTENNA .................................................................................................................................. 27

FIGURE 4-1: READER POWER DISTRIBUTION ....................................................................................................... 136

FIGURE 5-1: EARTH GROUND SYSTEM (WITH RECOMMENDED LIGHTNING PROTECTORS SHOWN) .................. 145

FIGURE 5-2 AC MAINS .......................................................................................................................................... 147

FIGURE 5-3: LC DATA CABLE INSTALLATION ......................................................................................................... 148

FIGURE 5-4 INLINE ANTENNA INSTALLATION ....................................................................................................... 150

FIGURE 5-5 STAGGERED ANTENNA INSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 151

FIGURE 5-6 RF CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC MONO-STATIC OPERATION ................................................... 155

FIGURE 5-7 RF CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC BI-STATIC OPERATION ........................................................... 155

FIGURE 5-8 RF CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC BI-STATIC TDM ONLY OPERATION ......................................... 155

FIGURE 5-9: SYNCHRONIZATION CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC FOR THREE READERS ...................................................... 159

FIGURE 5-10: SCHEMATIC OF A THREE-READER IR NETWORK ............................................................................. 165

FIGURE 5-11: SCHEMATIC OF A THREE-READER LC NETWORK ............................................................................ 165

FIGURE 5-12: TWO READERS COMMUNICATING WITH ONE OBU ....................................................................... 173

FIGURE 5-13: THREE READERS COVERING ONE DIRECTION OF WIDE LANE ORT TRAFFIC ................................... 175

FIGURE 5-14: THREE WIDE ORT LANES WITH TWO STRADDLE ANTENNAS ......................................................... 189

FIGURE 6-1: SIGNAL FLOW DIAGRAMS ................................................................................................................ 191

FIGURE 6-2: TYPICAL MRFM HEARTBEAT MESSAGE ............................................................................................ 205

FIGURE 7-1: PSM FUSE AND FUSE HOLDER .......................................................................................................... 229

FIGURE 7-2: ACTIVATING FIRMWARE................................................................................................................... 241

FIGURE 7-3: DELETING FIRMWARE ...................................................................................................................... 242

FIGURE 7-4: THE MANAGE CONFIG TAB ON THE CONFIGURATION PAGE ........................................................... 247

List of Tables

TABLE 2-1 IAG ANTENNA SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................. 27

TABLE 3-1: COMMUNICATIONS FIELDS .................................................................................................................. 47

TABLE 3-2 POWER SUPPLY MODULE FIELDS .......................................................................................................... 49

TABLE 3-3 RF MODULES FIELDS .............................................................................................................................. 50

TABLE 3-4: MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION FIELDS .............................................................................................. 52

TABLE 3-5 REPORTS BY CHANNEL .......................................................................................................................... 55

TABLE 3-6 COMMANDS AND CONTROLS ............................................................................................................... 72

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 15 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

TABLE 4-1: MRFM-S SIGNALS TO AND FROM DSM .............................................................................................. 134

TABLE 4-2: BOOLEAN LOGIC TRUTH TABLE FOR SYNCHRONIZATION OF TWO READERS .................................... 139

TABLE 4-3: LIST OF AVAILABLE LOG FILES ............................................................................................................. 140

TABLE 4-4: LIST OF FIELDS IN A TRANSACTION LOG REPORT ............................................................................... 140

TABLE 5-1: LOCATIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF LIGHTNING PROTECTORS ................................................... 146

TABLE 5-2 ANTENNA MOUNTING FOR THE IAG 3 ANTENNA AND LANE CONFIGURATION ................................. 149

TABLE 5-3: SYNCHRONIZATION COMPATIBILITY MATRIX – JANUS® AND BADGER .............................................. 164

TABLE 6-1: CTM LED STATES EXPLAINED .............................................................................................................. 192

TABLE 6-2: PSM LED STATES EXPLAINED .............................................................................................................. 193

TABLE 6-3: MRFM-S LED STATES EXPLAINED ....................................................................................................... 193

TABLE 6-4: SWITCHOVER TRIGGERS ..................................................................................................................... 202

TABLE 6-5: FAILURES AND THE READER RECOVERY ACTIONS THEY TRIGGER ...................................................... 204

TABLE 6-6: MRFM FAULT CODES .......................................................................................................................... 205

TABLE 7-1: IMPORTANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE BADGER READER AND THE JANUS READER .................... 284

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Table of Contents

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 16 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 17 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

1. ABOUT THIS MANUAL

The JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2 Operations and Maintenance Manual consists of two main

parts :

 Operations

 Maintenance

Sections and subsections within these main parts are used to present theoretical as well as practical

and procedural information. See the table of contents for more details on each section.

This manual is the main reference document used during training. Training is provided by Kapsch

TrafficCom for the following personnel.

 Operations

 Installations

 Maintenance

 Service

This manual is also used as a reference by Kapsch TrafficCom for its service-certified technical

service personnel in the field once training has been completed.

Technical Background

Personnel must have an electrical/electronic technical background and some prior experience using

either internet browser: Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox or Google Chrome.

Assumptions

A redundant JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2 used for Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) is

assumed throughout the manual.

Warnings and Cautions

Warnings

Warnings indicate a risk of bodily harm and include a symbol indicating the type of injury risked.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 18 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

WARNING:

WARNING DESCRIPTION HERE.

The following warnings appear in the manual:

AN IMPROPERLY GROUNDED READER COULD RESULT IN ELECTRIC

SHOCK. ENSURE A HIGH CURRENT EARTH GROUND CONNECTION IS

ESTABLISHED BEFORE CONNECTING SUPPLY POWER TO THE READER.

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION TOOL

TO REMOVE A MODULE.

THE MRFM-S MAY BECOME HOT UNDER NORMAL OPERATING

CONDITIONS. ENSURE THE MRFM-S HAS COOLED DOWN OR WEAR

GLOVES WHEN HANDLING THE MRFM-S.

THE PSM MAY BECOME HOT UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS.

ENSURE THE PSM HAS COOLED DOWN OR WEAR GLOVES WHEN

HANDLING THE PSM.

EXPOSED HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT IN THE PSM. ENSURE THAT THE

POWER SWITCH IS SET TO THE OFF POSITION AND THAT THE AC INPUT

POWER CORD IS DISCONNECTED BEFORE REMOVING THE PSM.

INSTALLING A FUSE OF THE WRONG TYPE OR RATING MAY CAUSE A

FIRE. ENSURE A TIME-LAG FUSE RATED FOR 10A, 500VAC IS INSTALLED.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 19 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Cautions

Cautions indicate a risk of damage to equipment or loss of data.

CAUTION:

Caution description here.

The following cautions appear in the manual:

Improper modification of configuration parameters may adversely affect system operation.

The default values may not be appropriate for the specific application. It is the system

integrator’s responsibility to tailor the configuration parameters to the specific operating

environment.

Both CTMs in a redundant Reader must be properly configured. Each CTM has its own

browser interface and is configured independently. Ensure any configuration changes made

to one CTM are applied to the other CTM.

Log file formats are not under ICD control and the format may change without prior

notification. Log files are for diagnostic purposes only and are not guaranteed to be

maintained in non-volatile storage.

Excessive bending or kinking can damage the RF feedline cables. Do not excessively bend or

kink the RF feedline cables when installing them between the antennas to the Reader

enclosure.

Removing a powered CTM from the Reader rack can damage the CTM. Before removing a

CTM from the Reader, ensure that power on the affected side of the Reader is turned off,

i.e. the power switch on the PSM is in the off position, or the PSM AC input power cord is

disconnected.

To avoid damaging the modules, ensure that the connector on the module is properly

aligned with the connector on the DSM back plane before the module is securely plugged

into the DSM.

Activating inactive factory firmware on a running system is not recommended. The factory

firmware may not be appropriate for the specific application.

During firmware activation (typically less than 60 seconds), the Reader will switch over to

the other side to process and report transactions, regardless of the position of the mode

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 20 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

switch on the SPM module. Ensure that the other side is running normally and all lane

controller links are functioning. The Reader will be unable to process or report transactions

if it is unable to switch over to the other side.

During firmware activation (typically less than 60 seconds), a non-redundant Reader is

unable to process or report transactions.

The factory default configuration should not be restored on a running Reader. The factory

firmware may not be appropriate for the specific application. Save the current Reader

configuration before resetting the Reader configuration to the factory default.

On one redundant reader of a synchronization network, the synchronization connection

should be looped back and this reader will declare sync even if it is disconnected from the

other readers

To avoid damaging the RF adaptor cables, ensure they do not protrude to where items on

the back of the cabinet doors can damage or press on them. Use 90-degree SMA adaptors

where required.

Keep at least 100 cm away from the radiating face of the antenna when the radio is

connected and operating.

Conventions used in this manual

The following information is provided to the user to aid in understanding and readabiity.

Highlighting and callouts are used in the guide to indicate importance, or to indicate a change to the

user.

Bolding of words is used in the following cases:

 To indicate that an action is required (example: Click the Next button.)

 To indicate a main menu item and/or a menu option (example: From the Tag Programming

screen, select the Enable TMP check box.

When required, tables listing screen fieldnames and/or column headings and their definitions or

meanings are placed below selected screens to aid in understanding technical terms.

Decision tables are used when procedures have more than one option to choose from.

Example:

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 21 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

IF you logged into an account that …

THEN …

has User Admin permissions,

navigate to the Change Password tab on the User

Management page. Go to step 3.

does NOT have User Admin permissions,

from ANY page, click Change Password in the

navigation sidebar.

Result: The User Management Change Password page

appears. Go to step 3.

How to use this manual

The JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2 Operations and Maintenance Manual requires no special

instructions on how to use it.

Topics can be found in the Table of Contents at the beginning of the manual to help with navigation.

If an online version of the guide is used, both the Table of Contents topics, and page and subject

cross-references within the body of the document are hyperlinked to their asociated subject matter.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 22 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 23 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 24 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. OVERVIEW

Introduction

The JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2 (MPR2) is part of the Electronic Toll Collection (ETC)

Subsystem. Toll collection is the primary use of the Reader.

How the JANUS MPR2 Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) Subsystem works

The MPR2 reader can interact with both active and passive OBUs.

Active OBU

For an active OBU, overhead antennas send out RF signals. As a vehicle equipped with an active

OBU approaches a toll zone, the OBU receives a RF signal from the antenna. The OBU then starts

transmitting data, which is received by the antenna and passed on to the Reader via a MRFM-S

module. The Reader processes and logs the OBU data, and then sends the information to the Lane

Controllers (LCs). The Reader can also send data back to the OBU, such as an updated toll account

balance.

Passive OBU

For a passive OBU, the antenna sends out a command or a continuous wave via a RF signal. As a

vehicle equipped with a passive OBU approaches a toll zone, the OBU receives a RF signal from the

antenna. The OBU then starts transmitting data, which is received by the antenna and passed on to the

Reader via a MRFM-S module. . The Reader processes and logs the OBU data, and then sends the

information to the Lane Controllers (LCs). The Reader can also send data back to the OBU.

JANUS MPR2 is factory configured to enable the specific protocols requested at the time of order.

While mulitple protocols may be displayed on the Web interface, only those protocols factory

configured at the time of order are active. To activate additional protocols after delivery, contact

Kapsch Sales.

JANUS MPR system components

Figure 2-1: A Redundant Reader shows a rack equipped with eight Smart MRF modules (MRFM-S).

A Lane Kit consists of:

 An antenna (see Figure 2-2)

 An MRFM-S( in Figure 2-1: A Redundant Reader)

 Two feedline adapter cable

 One Circulator

 One Circulator adapter cable. (3’5” for 902-904MHz, 3’3” for all other frequencies)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 25 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

The Reader consists of:

Note: Numbers in the list below refer to those associated with Figure 2-1: A Redundant Reader. The

DSM, and CFM are not shown in the figure.

 One rack and Distribution Module

 Two Controller Modules (CTM), each equipped with one Main Controller (MC),

one Channel Group Controller (CGC)

 Two Configuration Modules (CFMs) attach directly to the DSM

 One Synchronization Port Module (SPM)

 Two Lane Port Modules (LPM)

 One secondary Power Supply Module (PSM) and AC power cord

 One primary Power Supply Module (PSM) and AC Power Cord

 AC Power cords for the PSM’s

Note: Non-redundant Readers contain one CTM, one CFM, one LPM, and one PSM. For an illustration

of a non-redundant reader, see Appendix B.

Additional installation components required are:

 Two RF cables from Reader to Circulator (type N male to type N female)

 Sealing tapes for RF and DC connectors exposed to weather

 Lightning arrestors

 Optional Ethernet switch modules (ESMs)

 Sync and inter-reader Ethernet cabling (if required)

 Ethernet cables if ESMs used

 300 CFM fan tray for operation above 55oC

Additional Site requirements are:

 Cabinet with AC power, grounding, including reader ground bar,

 Mounting structure for antenna

 Ethernet or Serial cables to connect to the lane Controller(s)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 26 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 2-1: A Redundant Reader



















_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 27 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Antenna

The antenna sends and receives RF signals to and from the vehicle On Board Units (OBUs). The IAG

3 and IAG 1 antennas are recommended for the MPR2 reader. See Antenna Specifications, page 270

for more details. Figure 2-2 shows an illustration of the IAG 3 antenna, one of the recommended

antennas for the Multi-protocol Reader.

Figure 2-2: IAG 3 Antenna

IAG Antenna specifications

Table 2-1 IAG Antenna Specifications

P/N

Lane Kit #

Description

Width (in

inches)

Length (in

inches)

Depth (in

inches)

Weight1

(in lbs)

Mounting

800260-015

801692-019

3x4 dipole

array

34.5

21.25

3.13

19

horizontal

800260-011

3x3 Patch

34.5

31.75

2.3

28

horizontal

Note: Mounting information is provided as a guideline.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 28 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Weight specified is applicable to the antenna structure only, that is, it does not include mounting

hardware.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 29 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Module Descriptions

Smart Multi-protocol RF Module (MRFM-S)

Function

Converts digital data from the Reader to an

analog RF signal that is sent to the OBU via

the antenna.

Converts the analog RF signal collected from

the OBU via the antenna into a digital signal

that is sent to the CGC module via the DSM.

Units per

Redundant

Reader

One MRFM-S for each antenna. A maximum of

8 MRFM-S per Reader.

Redundant

No

Normal State

The DATA LED  illuminates solid green

when RF data is being transmitted.

Connections

The MRFM-S module can support both bi-

static and mono-static output configurations.

In Mono-static operation only connection is

connected by an RF cable to the antenna.

In Bi-static output configurations, both

connections are connected by an RF

cable to the antenna.







_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 30 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Distributions Module (DSM) and Rack

Function

The DSM is the back

plane of the Reader

rack.

Units per

Redundant

Reader

One DSM and one

Rack

Connections

The MRFM-S. PSM,

LPM, CTM, and SPM

modules slide into

the Rack and

connect to the DSM.

The CFMs attach

directly to the DSM.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 31 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Configuration Module (CFM)

Function

Stores the

Reader

configuration file

so that the

Reader

configuration is

retained when

the CTMs fail or

are removed.

Units per Redundant

Reader

One CFM on the

secondary side

,

One CFM on the

primary side 

Connections

The CFMs

attach directly to

the DSM in the

secondary

location  and

the primary

location .

CFMs should

not be swapped

between

readers or within

the reader.





_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 32 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Control Module (CTM)

Function

Contains the Reader processor

(MC), the Channel Group

Controller module (CGC).

Allows the CTM to be reset with

the CTM ON/OFF switch .

Controls when the RF modules

are interrogated.

X

Units per Redundant

Reader

One CTM on primary side,

One CTM on secondary side

Normal State

The POWER LED  illuminates

green when the CTM is on and is

receiving power from the PSM.

The STATUS LEDs  illuminate

green to indicate SYNC is

functional, CTM is active, CGC is

functional and MC is functional.

Connections

Port

Function

ETHERNET 1 - 1 Gbps 

One option for connecting a service laptop directly

to the Reader,. or, for creating a network to connect

the Readers and LCs together.

ETHERNET 2 – 100 Mbps

For connecting several Readers together to create

an Inter-Reader (IR) network, or for connecting a

service laptop when Ethernet 1 is connected to the

Lane Controller.

DIAGNOSTIC PORT 

A second option for connecting a service laptop

directly to the Reader. The browser interface cannot

be accessed from this port.

I/O 

Reserved for future use.



















_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 33 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Control Module (CTM)

Port

Function

USB 1 

USB 2 

A third option for connecting a service laptop, via an

Ethernet adapter, directly to the Reader, or for

saving the Reader configuration to a flash drive, Or

for automatically or manually copying the Reader

log files to a flash drive.

CTM MC

The MC is a single-board computer that runs the Reader firmware. The MC is mounted in the CTM.

CTM CGC2

The CGC2 handles the communications between the MC and the RF modules. It also handles the

serial communications between the reader and the Lane Controller via the serial connections on the

LPM. The CGC2 is mounted in the CTM.

The CGC2 hardware supports the following functions.

• Controls the protocol frame timing for each protocol

• Controls the RF channel scanning as per configuration

• Handles the data communication exchange with the transponder via the RF link

• Handles inter-reader frame synchronization

• Provides hardware interface for redundancy operation

• Provides hardware interface for supporting up to eight (8) MRFM-S

• Provides in-system program capability via the Master interface, for firmware and hardware

configuration where applicable

• Provides connections for eight Lane Controller Ports

• Provides pass-through provisional connections for the Host Port .

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 34 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Synchronization Port Module (SPM)

Function

Sends out the status of the Reader (ready or busy) to

the other Readers in the synchronization network.

Signals to the CTM when all other Readers in the

synchronization network are ready.

Allows the switchover mode to be set to

SECONDARY—AUTO—PRIMARY by the

Redundancy Mode switch  on the SPM.

Units per

Redundant

Reader

One

Normal State

N/A (no status indicators on module)

Connections

The SPM terminal block is connected to the other

Readers in the synchronization network via the sync

terminal block hub.





_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 35 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Lane Port Module (LPM)

Function

Provides a serial interface between the LCs and

CTM. All OBU Data processing is done by the CTM.

Units per

Redundant

Reader

One LPM on primary side,

One LPM on secondary side

Normal State

N/A (no status indicators on module)

Connections

The Reader can send real-time OBU transactions to

the LCs via the eight serial ports on the LPM. The

LC can also update the Reader configuration via

these ports.



_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 36 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Power Supply Module (PSM)

Function

Provides DC power to

the modules in the

Reader rack.

Allows each side (primary

or secondary) to be

powered on and off via a

power switch .

Units per Redundant

Reader

One secondary PSM

on the secondary side

One primary PSM on

the primary side

The secondary and

primary PSMs are not

interchangeable since

they are mirror images

of each other. The

secondary PSM is

keyed to insert in the

leftmost rack slot and

the primary PSM is

keyed to insert in the

rightmost rack slot.

Normal State

A +15V STATUS LED

illuminates green to

indicate that 15V DC is

being supplied to the

Reader.

A +5V STATUS LED

illuminates green to

indicate that 5V DC is

being supplied to the

Reader.

Connections

A power cable plugs

into a socket  to

supply 120VAC to the

PSMs. Each PSM is

equipped with a

replaceable 10A fuse

.











_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 37 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Ethernet Switch Module (ESM)

Function

Can connect an IR network with up to three

Readers for Open Road Tolling (ORT)

applications via the Ethernet 2 port on the

CTMs. The IR network is used to improve

the accuracy of the voting that determines

the lane assignment between Readers

covering adjacent lanes.

Can connect an LC network with all Readers

to a Lane Controller and host computer via

the Ethernet 1 port on the CTMs. The host

computer can be used to access the browser

interface for each Reader CTM in the

network.

The Ethernet switch Module, if used, shall be

mounted in a reader cabinet.

Units per Redundant

Reader

Two per Ethernet network

Normal State

See the manufacturer’s documentation for

details.

Connections

See the manufacturer’s documentation for

details.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 38 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

The CTM web interface

You can use a service laptop equipped with a web browser such as Internet Explorer, Firefox, or

Chrome to access the CTM web interface, shown below. After entering your user name and password,

you can monitor and configure the Reader depending on the permissions assigned to your user

account.

Note: Depending on the permissions given a user by the Administrator, the panel on the left (indicated

by the rectangle in the figure below) can have different options. For instance, the view below is for an

Administrator. Among other priviledges, an administrator can create, delete or modify users using the

Manage Users option.

Each CTM has its own browser interface. Changing configuration settings while connected to the

primary CTM, for example, does not change the configuration settings for the secondary CTM.

Note: Any changes applied to one CTM in a redundant Reader must then be applied to the other CTM,

as required.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 39 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. OPERATING PROCEDURES

CAUTION:

Improper modification of configuration parameters may adversely

affect system operation. The default values may not be appropriate for

the specific application. It is the system integrator’s responsibility to

tailor the configuration parameters to the specific operating

environment, with the aid of Kapsch’s Operations Group.

CAUTION: Redundant Reader

Both CTMs in a redundant Reader must be properly configured. Each

CTM has its own browser interface and is configured independently.

Ensure any configuration changes made to one CTM are applied to the

other CTM, as required.

Starting up the Reader

This procedure outlines the correct way to power on and boot up a Reader.

Prerequisites: PSM power switches set to the off (0) position.

1. CTM ON/OFF switches set to OFF.

2. Set the Redundancy Mode switch on the SPM to AUTO.

3. Set the secondary and primary PSM power switches to the on (I) position.

Result: The +15V STATUS LED and the +5 STATUS LED on the PSMs illuminate solid green.

4. Set the CTM ON/OFF switch to the ON position, and wait for the CTM to complete its power up cycle

(approximately 120 Seconds).

Result: The POWER LED illuminates green. The STATUS LEDs illuminate green to indicate SYNC is

functional, CTM is active, CGC is functional and MC is functional.

Note: If any CTM STATUS LEDs indicate an abnormal state, (see Table 6-1: CTM LED states explained

on page 192) perform the necessary troubleshooting procedure. See Troubleshooting Methodology on

page 190 for more information.

Shutting down the Reader

This procedure outlines the correct way to power down a Reader.

Prerequisites: None.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 40 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

1. Set both CTM ON/OFF switches to OFF.

2. Set both PSM power switches to the off (0) position.

Manually switching a Reader to the redundant side

The Reader is manually switched between the primary and secondary sides. This is necessary, for

example, when recovering a Reader back to the Primary side when automatic recovery is not enabled.

Prerequisites: Ensure no faults exist on the side being activated.

1. Set the SPM redundancy mode switch to either SECONDARY or PRIMARY, as applicable.

Result: The ACTIVE LED on the CTM of the selected side illuminates green, indicating the selected side

is active.

Note: If the redundancy mode switch is set to PRIMARY, the Reader stays in Primary mode and does not

switch operation to the secondary side unless the primary side fails.

Note: If the switch is set to SECONDARY, the Reader stays in Secondary mode and does not switch

operation to the primary side unless the secondary side fails or the primary side recovers.

Connecting a service laptop to the Reader

You can use a service laptop to access the CTM web interface interface by connecting directly to one

of the CTM USB ports or the ETHERNET 1 port.

Changing the service laptop IP address

1. In Windows, go to Start  Settings Control Panel  Network Connections  Local Area Connection 

Properties  Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)  Properties.

2. Select Use the following IP address, then enter the IP address using the Reader network number in the

first three fields (ex. 192.168.1._ ) followed by a unique host number in the fourth field.

3. Enter 225.225.225.0 in the subnet mask and leave the default gateway blank.

Testing the connection to the reader

1. In Windows, go to Start  Run.

2. Type ‘ping’, followed by the ETHERNET 1 port IP address or the USB adapter address, depending on

what the laptop is connected.

3. Click OK.

Result: Several replies from the Reader IP address display momentarily in a DOS window. You are

ready to access the CTM web interface (see Accessing the CTM web interface page 41).

Note: If a reply is not received during the test, check the cable, connections, and IP addresses, then

repeat step 1.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 41 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Accessing the CTM web interface

The CTM web interface interface monitors and configures the CTM.

Note: When you select an item through choosing a checkbox, or type into a field, pressing Enter or

selecting another tab will accept your selection.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to one of the CTM USB ports or the ETHERNET 1 port of

the Reader.

1. Launch the web browser on the computer.

Note: You can use a recent versions of either Internet Explorer, Firefox or Chrome for a browser.

ATTENTION: When using certain versions of Internet Explorer, you may experience

missing strings of text when a CTM screen displays. Press control and F5 (Ctrl F5)

simultaneously. This action clears the buffer and refreshes the screen.

Note: The default IP address of the primary and secondary CTM ETHERNET 1 port is 192.168.1.50. The

IP address may change during installation.

2. Consult the record of system IP addresses maintained by the system integrator to determine the correct

IP address by using the hypertrm command. See Using HyperTerminal to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC

PORT on page 260.

Note: The default IP addresses of the primary and secondary CTM ETHERNET 2 port are 192.168.0.50

and 192.168.0.51 respectively. The IP addresses may change during installation.

3. Consult the record of system IP addresses to determine the correct IP address by using the hypertrm

command. See Using HyperTerminal to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC PORT on page 260.

4. In the address bar of the web browser, type: https:// followed by the IP address of the ETHERNET 1 Port

or USB Adapter.

5. Use the following decision table to continue the procedure.

IF …

THEN …

you click the Login button and a dialog box requesting

a username and password appears,

go to step 6.

a 403 Forbidden error message appears,

ensure the IP address entered in the address bar is

correct and that the IP address is preceded by https://

a web browser message indicating there is a

connection problem appears,

confirm that the IP address entered in step 2 is the

correct record of system IP addresses.

a security certificate warning (Internet Explorer (IE)) or

untrusted connection warning (Firefox) appears,

for IE, go to the website;

for Firefox, add an exception.

Note: Usernames and passwords are case-sensitive.

6. Enter your username and password.

Result: The following Home page appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 42 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

7. Click the Status link located on the left panel.

Result: The following Status page appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 43 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

8. Select the Miscellaneous Information tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

9. Click the System Identification button to confirm which Reader CTM web interface you are viewing, and

that the computer is communicating successfully.

Result: The MC LED of the CTM flashes: green – red – amber – green three times to indicate

communication.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 44 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Logging out of the CTM web interface

Logging out of the CTM web interface terminates the connection between the service laptop and the

CTM web interface.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Click Log Out from the navigation side bar.

Result: You are immediately logged out from the CTM web interface.

Changing your password

Any user can change their own password, although the procedure is different for users with User

Admin permissions. This procedure outlines how to change a password for users with User Admin

permissions and for those without.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Login to the user account that requires a password change.

2. Use the following decision table to continue the procedure.

IF you logged into an account that …

THEN …

has User Admin permissions,

navigate to the Change Password tab on the User

Management page. Go to step 3.

does NOT have User Admin permissions,

from ANY page, click Change Password in the

navigation sidebar.

Result: The User Management Change Password page

appears. Go to step 3.

3. Enter your new password in the New Password and Confirm New Password fields.

4. Click the Submit button.

Result: Your password is now changed

5. If, after you have changed your password, an authentication window appears, enter your user name and

new password to return to the browser interface.

Resetting a forgotten password

If a user forgets their password, the password can be cleared by another user with User Admin

permissions. The Reader accepts any password from the user until the password is changed. This

procedure requires two users; a user with User Admin permissions and the user requiring a reset

password.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 45 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Prerequisites: The user clearing the password must have User Admin permissions.

Note: The User Administrator should ensure that the user sets a new password after the password is

cleared. Otherwise, the Reader will continue to accept any password for that user account.

1. Navigate to the User Management tab on the User Management page.

2. Use the following decision table to continue the procedure.

IF you logged into an account that …

THEN …

has User Admin permissions,

go to step 3 and continue to step 5.

does NOT have User Admin permissions,

go to step 6 and continue to step 8.

3. Click the corresponding Clear Password button of the user whose password needs resetting.

4. Click Yes to confirm.

5. Log out (see Logging out of the CTM web interface, page 44).

6. Select Change Password from the navigation sidebar.

7. Enter your user name and compose a password.

Note: This password does not become your new password.

8. Change your password (see Changing your password on page 44).

Result: Your password resets.

Configuring the Reader to recover automatically to the primary side

The Reader can be configured to automatically activate the primary side once a failure causing a

switchover to the secondary side has cleared.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

Note: You must have Advanced User permissions.

1. Set the SPM redundancy mode switch to the AUTO position.

2. From the CTM web Main Page, select the Configuration link on the left panel of the screen.

Result: The following Configuration page appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 46 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Select the Auto Recovery To Prime check box.

4. Press Enter to accept the selection.

Monitoring the Reader

You can monitor and gather information about the Reader from the CTM web interface using the

Status option in the left panel of the screen.

Note: For all of the following procedures, a laptop or desktop computer with a monitor needs to be

connected to the CTM Ethernet 1 port or USB port.

Reader status

The Status page in the CTM web interface displays the state of the communication links, the power

supply modules, and the CTM/CGC2, and is useful for troubleshooting the Reader.

Communications

Table 3-1 lists and describes the fields in the Communications tab on the Status page.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 47 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 3-1: Communications fields

Communications tab

Field

Status

Description

Main Controller

Serial link

Up

successful link connection

between redundant CTMs

Down

link failure or disabled

(always Down on non-redundant

Readers)

Inter-Reader

Ethernet link

Enabled

successful link connection

Down

link failure

Disabled

link not enabled

Lane Controller

Serial link

Enabled

successful link connection

between CTM (via LPM) and LC

Down

link failure

Disabled

link not enabled

Lane Controller

Ethernet link

Enabled

successful link connection

Down

link failure

Disabled

link not enabled

Test Tags

Enabled

the Reader is configured to

periodically communicate with

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 48 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Communications tab

Field

Status

Description

test tags to confirm RF Channel

health

Disabled

test tags are not used to confirm

RF Channel health

Synchronization

Up

successful link connection

Down

link failure

Disabled

synchronization not enabled

Power Supply Module

Table 3-2 lists and describes the fields in the Power Supply Module tab on the Status page.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 49 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 3-2 Power Supply Module fields

Power Supply Modules tab

Field

Status

Description

5V (primary)

On

DC input operational

Off

DC input failure

5V (secondary)

On

DC input operational

Off

DC input failure

15V (primary)

On

DC input operational

Off

DC input failure

15V (secondary)

On

DC input operational

Off

DC input failure

RF Modules

Table 3-3 lists and describes the fields in the RF Modules tab on the Status page.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 50 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 3-3 RF Modules fields

RF Modules tab

Field

Status

Description

Firmware Version

Absent

Not installed

OK

Successfully installed and verified

Failure

Unsuccessfully installed

Unknown

Status not known

Antenna Status

Absent

Not installed

OK

Receiving and/or transmitting

Failure

Fault in receiving and/or transmitting

Unknown

Status not known

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 51 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Miscellaneous Information

Table 3-4 lists and describes the fields in the Miscellaneous Information tab on the Status page.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 52 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 3-4: Miscellaneous Information fields

Miscellaneous Information tab

Field

Status

Description

LC Serial Type

Defined

LC Serial Type is known

Undefined

LC Serial Type is unknown

CTM Position

Primary

The CTM is installed on the primary side

Secondary

The CTM is installed on the secondary

side

Active State

Active

CTM is active

InActive

CTM is not active

CGC Health

Status

Operational

CGC2 is operational

Down

CGC2 Failure

Board

Example:

LB800, LB735

Provides information on the model of

the single board computer (SBC) board

installed Type of Board installed

Other Side

Config

Compare

Communication

Down; Same;

Different

(BETA) Provides an indication as to

configuration state of peer CTM

Communication Down (peer CTM is not

running so configuration state is

unknown)

Same (peer CTM configuration is

identical to this CTM’s configuration)

Different (peer CTM configuration is

different that this CTM’s

configuration)

Front-panel

switch

position

Auto; Primary;

Secondary

Auto, Primary (switch set to Primary

side), Secondary (switch set to

Secondary side).

For a redundant system, the switch

would normally be set to Auto

CFM Status

Present

Indicates normal status

Not Detected

Indicates a problem; call Kapsch Service

Lane Tuning

Mode

Disabled

‘Disabled’ is normal status

Super Frame

Time (μs)

Numerical read

Reader timing information In

microseconds

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 53 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

RF Channel Statistics

The Statistics page displays performance information for each MRFM-S channel. The statistics

displayed do not update automatically as transactions occur. Update the statistics with the latest data

by navigating away from, and then returning to the Statistics page, or by refreshing/reloading your

browser window.

Updates to the statistics pages commence when the Reader begins processing OBU transactions after

startup.

Statistics continue being appended until the system is either stopped and re-started, rebooted, or the

Reset Transaction Statistics button is clicked, which sets the statistics values to zero and updates

commence again.

Reports by channel

This screen lists and graphs reports on channel activity. You can chose to display daily or weekly

reports by clicking the available buttons.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 54 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

You can reset the values of the report by clicking the Reset Transaction Statistics button.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 55 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 3-5 Reports by Channel

Reports by Channel tab

Field

Description

Period ending

The date and time that the statistics in the browser window were

updated. Navigate away from and then return to the Statistics

page, or refresh/reload your browser screen to update the

statistics.

Channel

The RF Channel that the statistics in that row represent.

Prot

Protocol being used by the Reader

Status

TBD

Txns

The number of trnasactions performed in a period

AvgHS

The average number of handshakes over the total transactions

with the primary or secondary side active

Voting

TBD

Latency

The average latency time to report transactions

Uptime / CPU Load

This report lists and graphs the date and time of the reader activity measured in HoursUp and the

number of CPU Loads involved.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 56 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Faults

This screen lists and graphs faults and reports them by type according to a color code.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 57 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Transaction Buffering

Transaction buffering shows the user how much each channel is using for buffering. The following

screen shows an example.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 58 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Note: Each side reports transactions that occurred while being active.

Monitoring OBU transactions as they occur via the Diagnostics page

Monitoring OBU transactions from the Diagnostics page is a better alternative to viewing transactions

from a transaction log on the Log Files page because the transactions on the Diagnostics page are

updated automatically. However, transactions that occurred before the Diagnostics page was

accessed can only be viewed from the transaction log.

The Display Transactions option displays both active and passive transactions.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have Advanced User

permissions.

Note: The computer must have Java version 6.0 installed (see www.java.com).

1. Select the Diagnostics link from the left side panel.

Result: The following Diagnostics Page appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 59 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. An authentication window may appear on the Diagnostics Page when accessed the first time. If it

appears, enter a valid user name and password.

Note: To avoid having to re-enter authentication information on the Diagnostics Page, click the Save this

password in your password list button.

Result: After the Java program starts, the Tag Transaction window appears. All OBU transactions for the

Reader display automatically. The display update stops if someone updates the Reader software or

reboots the Reader.

Note: If a second computer or second browser window is used to access the Diagnostics Page, new

transactions will no longer be displayed in the first browser window.

Continuously logging transactions to a USB flash drive

This procedure outlines how to have transaction log files automatically saved and continuously updated

on a USB flash drive.

Prerequisites: A USB flash drive is inserted into one of the CTM USB ports.

Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web interface. Refer to

Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have View Log Files and Manage Log

Files permissions.

1. Select the Log Files link on the left side panel of the screen.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 60 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Result: The following Log Files page appears.

2. Click the USB Logging tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 61 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Click the Start Logging to USB Device button.

Result: The following screen message appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 62 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. Click the Yes button.

Result: The following screen message appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 63 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Note: The USB Logging changes its display from Disabled to Enabled, and USB Device Status remains

at Available to indicate that a connection between the Reader and the USB flash drive and log files can

get copied and updated to the USB device in realtime when required.

Note: You can click the Copy Log Files to USB device button if you just want to copy the present list of

log files to the USB device.

OBU Programming

The Reader can write data to an OBU as it passes through a toll plaza. The following procedures

outline how to enable OBU programming and how to configure the data that is written to the OBUs.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the screen.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Click the Tag Programming tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 64 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Clear the check boxes.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 65 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Configuring OBU programming for Traffic Management Applications

1. From the Tag Programming screen, select the Enable TMP check box.

Result: The following screen appears.

4. Select the Reader ID check box to enable writing the Reader ID to OBUs.

5. Enter a unique Reader ID.

6. Select the TM Date/Time check box to write the Reader TM time to OBUs.

7. Press Enter to accept the selections.

Configuring OBU programming for Toll Collection applications

1. From the above Tag Programming screen, select the Enable TCP check box.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 66 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Note: If not already enabled, check and configure the Plaza ID before enabling OBU feedback. The

Plaza ID field is not accessible once OBU feedback is enabled.

2. Enter the Plaza ID and Agency ID in the fields.

3. Select the Transaction Number Programming check box to choose how the Reader determines the toll

transaction number.

4. Click the Transaction Number Programming drop-down box

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 67 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

5. Select the desired transaction numbering calculation from the drop-down box.

6. Select the TC Date/Time check box to write the transaction time to the OBU.

7. Select the RW Format check box to determine how the scratchpad data is encoded when written to

OBUs.

8. Select the OBU Feedback check box to enable OBU feedback, ensuring that you first enabled and

configured the Plaza ID in step 7 on page 66.

9. Assign a Lane Number to each RF channel. When a transaction occurs between an OBU and a channel,

the Lane Number specified here will be used when recording the transaction in OBU memory.

10. Select the OBU Feedback tab.

11. Select either Type 1 or Type 2 feedback.

12. Select the desired audible feedback to control OBU beeping when a transaction occurs.

13. Select the desired visual feedback to control OBU LED flashing when a transaction occurs.

14. Press Enter to accept selections.

Configuring Toll charges

The Reader can deduct toll charges from a toll/balance OBU based on a number of parameters. BAT 1

tolling deducts charges based on the vehicle type and the lane the vehicle is in when it passes through

the toll plaza. BAT 2 tolling deducts charges based on distance by determining the toll plazas the

vehicle entered and exited on the highway.

Prerequisites: You must have Advanced User permissions.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 68 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

BAT 1 tolling (deducting charges based on lane and vehicle type)

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the screen.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Select the Toll/Rate Balance tab

Result: The following screen appears.

3. Select BAT 1 - Fixed Toll as the TRBA BAT Processing Type.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 69 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. Select one of four Toll Rate Tables for each channel, which determines the charge for the lane associated

with each channel.

5. Select the Enforce Adjustment ID Checking check box to limit how frequently the balance can be

updated.

6. Press Enter to accept the values.

Result: The Reader now charges OBUs based on your choices.

BAT 2 tolling (deducting charges based on entry and exit location)

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the screen.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Select the Toll Rate/Balance tab

3. Select BAT 2 - Variable Toll as the TRBA BAT Processing Type.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 70 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Note: For Readers at entry locations, select Entry Reader; for Readers at exit locations, select Exit

Reader.

4. Select the Enforce Adjustment ID Checking check box to limit how frequently the balance can be

updated.

5. Press Enter to accept the values.

Result: The Reader now charges OBUs based on your choices.

Configuring Protocols

Configure the Reader to interact with various protocol tags.

Prerequisites: You must have Advanced User permissions.

1. After selecting the Configuration link on the left side, select the Channel tab,

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202 Revision: A12 (Draft) Page 71 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. When the reader leaves the factory, only those protocols selected by the customer are available for

configuration. All other protocols will be de-selected.

3. Select each channel and use the TDM RF State and FDM RF State to enable or disable a channel.

4. Select the frequency for each channel by using the FDM Frequency (MHZ) selection.

Note: This should only be performed with Kapsch technical support.

5. Select the specific combination of protocols desired.

Note: This should only be performed with Kapsch Technical Support.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 72 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Configuration

The following table lists and describes the commands and controls that can be deployed in the various Configuration screens that are available to a

user.

Table 3-6 Commands and Controls

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the purpose

of this command?

Home

In the navigation side bar:

Click Home.

anyone

N/A

displays the Main

Page in the CTM

web interface.

Used to return to the

main page.

Status

In the navigation side bar:

Click Status.

anyone

N/A

displays the Status

page in the CTM

web interface.

Used to monitor

communication,

power supply, CTM

status and CGC health

See System

Identification for more

explanation of the

button.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 73 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Statistics

In the navigation side bar:

Click Statistics.

anyone

N/A

displays the Statistics

page in the CTM web

interface.

Used to view

Reports by

channel ,

Low/Early Reads,

Transaction

Buffering

statistics.

Note: The Reset

Transaction

Statistics button

is used to start a

new statistical

record.

Configuration

In the navigation side bar:

Click Configuration.

anyone

N/A

displays the Configuration

page in the CTM web

interface.

Used to access a

variety of Reader

configuration

parameters.

Manage

Software

In the navigation side bar:

Click Manage Software

user with

Manage

Software

permissions

N/A

displays the Software

Management page in the

CTM web interface.

Used to access

upload and

verify, activate,

and delete

software

commands and

the Reboot

button to reboot

the Reader.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 74 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Manage Users

In the navigation side bar:

Click Manage Users.

user with User

Admin

permissions

N/A

displays the User

Management page in the

CTM web interface

Used to access

user profiles,

create new

users, delete

users, change

permissions,

change

passwords.

Change

Password

In the navigation side bar:

Click Change Password.

user WITHOUT

User Admin

permissions

N/A

displays a User

Management page

limited to commands for

changing passwords

to change the

password of the

user currently

logged into the

CTM web

interface

Set Time

In the navigation side bar:

Click Set Time.

anyone

N/A

displays the Time

Management page in the

CTM web interface

to

Disable/Enable

Network Time

Protocol (NTP)

access NTP

servers IPv4

addresses and

select a new

time zone

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 75 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Log Files

In the navigation side bar:

Click Log Files.

user with

View Log Files

permission

N/A

displays the Log Files page

in the CTM web interface.

Also displays the USB

Logging tab and the

Ethernet Logging tab.

to view ,

manage or copy

log files,

depending on

user permissions

Diagnostics

In the navigation side bar:

Click Diagnostics.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

N/A

displays the Diagnostic

Page in the CTM web

interface

Used for the

following

Diagnostics:

 Static and

Dynamic

Margin

Maps

 Displaying

transactions

as they

occur

 Serial port

loop-back

test

Log Out

In the navigation side bar:

Click Log Out.

anyone

N/A

immediately logs the

current user out of the

CTM web interface

Used to log out

of the CTM web

interface

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 76 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

System

Identification

From the Miscellaneous

Information tab on the Status

page:

Click the System Identification

button.

anyone

N/A

causes the CTM MC LED

to flash green-red-amber-

green three times

Used to confirm

which CTM web

interface is being

viewed and that

the computer is

successfully

communicating

with the CTM

Reset

Transaction

Statistics

From the Reports by channel

tab on the Statistics page:

Click Reset Transaction

Statistics button

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

N/A

sets all statistical values at

0

Used to allow

statistics to be

tracked from a

known starting

point

Site Name

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Type a Reader name in Site

Name text, then, click outside

the field, press Enter, or select

a different tab.

anyone

SITENM

no default

value

32

sets the site name used in

the log file strings and is

used in the name of the

configuration files

Used to identify

which Reader

the log files and

configuration

files originated

from

Ethernet 1 IP

(LC 1Gbps)

Address

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Type a ETHERNET 1 port IP

address in Ethernet 1 (LC

1Gbps) IP Address field, then, ,

click outside the field, press

Enter, or select a different tab.

anyone

LETHIF

192.168.1.50

N/A

sets the IP address for the

ETHERNET 1 port on the

CTM

Used to specify

an appropriate

ETHERNET 1 IP

address when

configuring an LC

network

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 77 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Ethernet 2 IP

(IRIF 100Mbps)

Address:

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Type an ETHERNET 2 port IP

address in the Ethernet 2 (IRIF

100Mbps) IP Address field,

then, , click outside the field,

press Enter, or select a

different tab.

anyone

PRIMIP

192.168.0.50

Primary

192.168.0.51

Secondary

N/A

sets the IP address for the

ETHERNET 2 port on the

CTM

Used to specify

an appropriate

ETHERNET 2 IP

address when

configuring an IR

network

IP Address

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Type an IP address in IP

Address field in General tab of

the Configuration page, then, ,

click outside the field, press

Enter, or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

SCNDIP

192.168.0.51

N/A

sets the IP address to the

secondary side of the

reader

Assigns a unique

IPv4 address

(e.g.

192.168.0.51) to

the secondary

side of the

reader. This

address should

be provided by

the SI network

planner.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 78 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Reader IP

address

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Type a Reader IP address in

Reader IP Address field in

General tab of the

Configuration page, then, ,

click outside the field, press

Enter, or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

READIP

10.0.0.50.0

N/A

sets the IP address for the

Reader

Used to specify a

unique IP

address for the

Reader when

configuring an IR

network

USB Adapter IP

or Bluetooth IP

Address

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Type an IP address in the USB

Adapter IP Address field, then,

, click outside the field, press

Enter, or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

USB_IP

192.168.2.50

N/A

sets the IP address for the

USB-to-Ethernet adapter

connected to one of the

CTM USB ports

Used to specify a

unique IP

address for the

USB-to-Ethernet

adapter for

connecting a

service laptop

computer to a

CTM USB port

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 79 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Default

Gateway IP

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Type an IP address in the

Default Gateway IP Address

field, then, , click outside the

field, press Enter, or select a

different tab.

anyone

DFGWIP

0.0.0.0.0

N/A

tells the Reader the

default gateway IP

address of the gateway

device

Used to allow

the Reader on a

network to

connect to a

larger network

(such as the

Internet) via a

gateway device

(such as a

router)

Suppress Non-

IAG Tags

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select Suppress Non-IAG Tags

check box, then, , click outside

the field, press Enter, or select

a different tab.

anyone

NONIAG

1 (Enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: All transactions

are reported

Enabled: suppresses

reporting of OBUs not

matching the Group ID

that the Reader is

provisioned

Used to prevent

incompatible

report formats

from being sent

to the LC

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 80 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Diagnostics

Port Baud Rate

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select a baud rate from the

Diagnostics Port Baud Rate

drop-down box, then, , click

outside the field, press Enter,

or select a different tab.

anyone

DIAGBD

0 (9600)

1 (19200)

2 (38400)

3 (57600)

4 (115200)

sets baud rate of

DIAGNOSTICS PORT on

the CTM

Used to establish

a baud rate for

connecting a

service laptop

computer to the

Reader via the

CTM

DIAGNOSTICS

PORT

Reader Sync:

Enable Reader

Sync

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Enable Reader Sync

check box, then, , click outside

the field, press Enter, or select

a different tab.

anyone

RFSYNC

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader RF

interrogation is not

synchronized with other

Readers

Enabled: Reader RF

interrogation is

synchronized with other

Readers in the sync

network

Used to

synchronize

superframes

between

Readers

connected

together in a

synchronization

network

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 81 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Superframe

Sync Skip

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select either Sync to

superframe or Sync to every

other superframe, then, , click

outside the field, press Enter,

or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RFSKSK

0 (Sync to

every

superframe

enabled)

0 (Sync to

every

superframe)

1 (Sync to

every other

superframe)

specifies whether the

Reader tries to sync every

superframe or every other

superframe

Used to allow

Readers with

different

superframe sizes

to sync after the

same number of

frames

Add 2 Dummy

Frames

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select either No or Yes, then, ,

click outside the field, press

Enter, or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RFADD2

0 (No)

1 (Yes)

No: dummy frames are

not added to superframe

Yes: dummy frames are

added to superframe.

Used to allow

Readers with

different

superframe sizes

to sync after the

same number of

frames

Type Of Reader

Syncing To

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select either JANUS or Badger

from the drop-down box, then,

click outside the field, press

Enter, or select a different tab.

anyone

SYNCTO

0 (JANUS)

1 (Badger)

JANUS: normal frame rate

is used for

synchronization

Badger: Reader

synchronization is

adjusted to Badger frame

rate

Used to cause

JANUS® Readers

to adjust to the

same frame rate

as BADGER

Readers

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 82 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Report Latency by Tag Type:

0 - Interior FPT

Delay [ms]

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time (in milliseconds) in

the 0- Interior FPT Delay field,

then, , click outside the field,

press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LYCTL0

0

0-5000

sets report delay time in

milliseconds for Interior

FTP OBUs (Type 0)

Used to slow

down the

transaction

report of Type 0

OBUs to the LC

for those legacy

sites where the

LC is expecting

BADGER Reader

timing

1 - Exterior FPT

Delay [ms]

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time (in milliseconds) in

the Exterior FPT Delay field,

then, , click outside the field,

press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LYCTL1

0

0-5000

sets report delay time in

milliseconds for Exterior

FTP OBUs (Type 1).

Used to slow

down the

transaction

report of Type 1

OBUs to the LC

for those legacy

sites where the

LC is expecting

BADGER Reader

timing

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 83 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

2 - Exterior LPT

Delay [ms]

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time (in milliseconds) in

the Exterior LPT Delay field,

then, , click outside the field,

press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LYCTL2

0

0-5000

sets report delay time in

milliseconds for Exterior

LPT OBUs (Type 2).

Used to slow

down the

transaction

report of Type 2

OBUs to the LC

for those legacy

sites where the

LC is expecting

BADGER Reader

timing

3 - LCD Display

Delay [ms]

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time (in milliseconds) in

the LCD Display Delay field,

then, , click outside the field,

press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LYCTL3

0

0-5000

sets report delay time in

milliseconds for LCD

Display OBUs (Type 3).

Used to slow

down the

transaction

report of Type 3

OBUs to the LC

for those legacy

sites where the

LC is expecting

BADGER Reader

timing

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 84 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

4 - Commercial

Vehicle (CVO)

Delay [ms]

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time (in milliseconds) in

the Commercial Vehicle (CVO)

Delay field, then, , click outside

the field, press Enter, or select

a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LYCTL4

0

0-5000

sets report delay time in

milliseconds for CVO

OBUs (Type 4).

Used to slow

down the

transaction

report of Type 4

OBUs to the LC

for those legacy

sites where the

LC is expecting

BADGER Reader

timing

5 - OBU

Feedback Tag

Delay [ms]

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time (in milliseconds) in

the OBU Feedback Tag Delay

field, then, , click outside the

field, press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LYCTL5

0

0-5000

sets report delay time in

milliseconds for CVO

OBUs (Type 5).

Used to slow

down the

transaction

report of Type 5

OBUs to the LC

for those legacy

sites where the

LC is expecting

BADGER Reader

timing

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 85 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

6 - HOT Tag

Delay [ms]

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time (in milliseconds) in

the HOT Tag Delay field, then, ,

click outside the field, press

Enter, or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LYCTL6

0

0-5000

sets report delay time in

milliseconds for CVO

OBUs (Type 6).

Used to slow

down the

transaction

report of Type 6

OBUs to the LC

for those legacy

sites where the

LC is expecting

BADGER Reader

timing

Primary/Secondary

Redundant

Mode

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Redundant Mode

check box, then, , click outside

the field, press Enter, or select

a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RDNDNT

1 (Redundant

Mode

enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader does not

attempt to switch to

redundant side when a

failure occurs.

Enabled: Reader attempts

to switch to redundant

side when a failure occurs

(depending on

configuration)

Used to enable

the Reader to

automatically

switch over to

the redundant

side when a

failure occurs

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 86 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Dual Reporting

Mode

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Dual Reporting

Mode check box, then, , click

outside the field, press Enter,

or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

DUALRP

0 (Dual

Reporting

Mode

disabled)

0 (Dual

Reporting

Mode

disabled)

1 (Dual

Reporting

Mode

enabled)

sets Reader to Dual

Reporting mode

Used to gather

reports from

both the primary

and secondary

sides of the

Reader

Auto Recovery

To Prime

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Auto Recovery To

Prime check box, then, ., click

outside the field, press Enter,

or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

A_RCVR

1 (Auto

Recovery to

Prime

Enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader does not

attempt to recover to

Primary side when failure

clears.

Enabled: Reader

automatically attempts to

recover to Primary side

when a Primary failure

clears.

to enable the

Reader to

automatically

switch back to

the primary side

once a primary

side failure has

cleared

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 87 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Switchover on

Serial Link

Down

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

With Serial communications

enabled, select the Switchover

on Serial Link Down check box,

then, click outside the field,

press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permission

SOSERL

0

0-1

Disabled: switchover does

not occur when the Serial

link is down.

Enabled: Enable means

switch-over to secondary

side if the reader

determines a serial link to

the lane controller is

down. Has no meaning on

secondary side.

NOTE: If

enabled, you

MUST also

disable all

unused COM

ports (see

SERIAL tab) as

well as unused

LC destinations

(see LC tab).

Switchover on

Ethernet LC

Link Down

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

With Ethernet LC

communications enabled,

select the Switchover on

Ethernet LC Link Down check

box, then, click outside the

field, press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

SO_ETH

0

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: switchover does

not occur when the

Ethernet LC link is down.

Enabled: to enable the

Reader to switchover

from the primary side to

the secondary side when

an Ethernet link to the LC

is down

N/A

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 88 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Switchover on

Ethernet IRIF

Link Down

From the General tab on the

Configuration page:

With Ethernet LC

communications enabled,

select the Switchover on

Ethernet IRIF Link Down check

box, then, click outside the

field, press Enter, or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

SOIRIF

0

0-1

Disabled: switchover does

not occur when the

Ethernet IRIF link is down.

Enabled: Enable means

switch-over if a

connection to an adjacent

reader over the Ethernet

interface is down.

N/A

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 89 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Test Tags tab

Test Tag Single

Fault Threshold

From the Test Tags tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a number in the Test Tag

Single Fault Threshold field,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

SFT___

6

1-99

sets the number of

consecutive test tag faults

before a channel is

considered bad

to continuously

monitor channel

quality and set a

failure threshold

Test Tag

Multiple Fault

Threshold

From the Test Tags tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a number in the Test Tag

Multiple Fault Threshold field,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

MFT___

8

1-8

sets the number of bad

channels that trigger a

switchover

to continuously

monitor channel

quality and set a

failure threshold

for triggering a

switchover

Test Tag Period

From the Test Tags tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time, in seconds, in the

Test Tag Period field, then,

press Enter or select a different

tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

TTP___

30

10-99

sets the test tag period

to set the

frequency of test

tag checks

Test Tag State

From the Test Tags tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time, in seconds, in the

Test Tag Period field, then,

press Enter or select a different

tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RFTTST

0

0-1

Enable means start

checking for test tags and

switch-over if the Multiple

Fault Threshold has been

reached.

N/A

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 90 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Lane Assignment tab

IAG

6B

6C

Allegro

ATA

SeGo

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page:

Select First to Read/Program,

Majority , or Interpolated from

the Lane Assignment Algorithm

box, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

VTALGO

VTAG6B

VTAG6C

VTAGAG

VTAGAA

VTAGSG

1

0-First to read

program

1-Majority

2-Interpolated

runs the selected tag

assignment algorithm

to set which

algorithm is used

for determining

OBU lane

assignment

between

multiple Readers

Interpolated

Handshake

Equalization

Ratio (%)

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page:

Select Interpolated from the

Lane Assignment Algorithm

box. Enter a value in the field

and, press Enter or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

HSEQUR

25

1-100

Assigns a numerical value

to the Handshake

equalization ratio field

used in interpolated

voting

used in

interpolated

voting

Communication

Method

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page:

Select Disabled, Badger-style

CRA, or Ethernet from

Communication Method drop-

down box, then, press Enter or

select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

MULTRD

0 (Disabled)

1 (Badger-Style

CRA)

2 (Ethernet)

Disabled: Reader is not

set to communicate with

other Readers.

Report All results in all

transactions being sent to

the LC

Report Non-Zero informs

the LC of suppressed

transactions

to set which

transactions are

sent to LC in

multi-reader

configurations

IRIF Timeout

[ms]

(make sure the

TTO values of

all IRIF readers

are the same)

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page,

with Ethernet communication

method enabled:

Enter a time, in milliseconds, in

the IRIF Timeout field, then,

press Enter or select a different

tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

IRIFTO

50

30-5000

sets IRIF timeout time

sets the

threshold for

determining an

IR network

problem and

enable a

switchover if

enabled

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 92 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Enable Left

Reader

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page,

with Ethernet communication

method enabled:

Select the Enable Left Reader

check box, then, press Enter or

select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LEFTRD

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader does not

coordinate voting with

Reader covering lanes to

the left.

Enabled: Reader

coordinated lane

assignment voting with

Reader covering lanes to

the left.

tells this Reader

if there is

another Reader

in the IR network

that is covering

ORT lanes that

are to the left of

the lanes this

Reader is

covering

(see Figure 5-13,

page 175)

Left Reader IP

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page,

with the Left Reader enabled,

Enter the IP address of the left

Reader in the Left Reader IP

field, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LEFTIP

0,0,0,0,50

N/A

informs the Reader what

the IP address is of the

Reader covering lanes to

the left of this Reader.

to provide the

Reader with the

IP address of the

left Reader in

the IR network

(see Figure 5-13,

page 175)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 93 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Enable Right

Reader

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page,

with Ethernet communication

method enabled:

Select the Enable Right Reader

check box, then, press Enter or

select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RGHTRD

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader does not

coordinate voting with

Reader covering lanes to

the right.

Enabled: Reader

coordinated lane

assignment voting with

Reader covering lanes to

the right.

tells this Reader

if there is

another Reader

in the IR network

that is covering

ORT lanes that

are to the right

of the lanes this

Reader is

covering

(see Figure 5-13,

page 175)

Right Reader IP

From the Lane Assignment tab

on the Configuration page,

with the Right Reader enabled,

Enter the IP address of the

right Reader in the Right

Reader IP field, then, press

Enter or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RGHTIP

0,0,0,0,50

N/A

informs the Reader what

the IP address is of the

Reader covering lanes to

the right of this Reader.

to provide the

Reader with the

IP address of the

right Reader in

the IR network

(see Figure 5-13,

page 175)

Tag Programming tab

Read-Only

Mode

(enabled)

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

Select the Read-Only Mode

check box.

anyone

RDONLY

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader is able

to write to OBUs.

Enabled: Reader is not

permitted to write to

OBUs.

to disable the

ability to write

data to OBUs

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 94 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Enable TMP

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With the Read-Only Mode

check box disabled, select the

Enable TMP check box.

anyone

TMP___

1 (Enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Timestamp and

Reader ID fields not

updated.

Enabled: Timestamp and

Reader ID written to OBU.

to control if

Reader ID or

date/time data is

written to the

OBU

Reader ID

(enable)

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TMP enabled, select the

Reader ID check box.

anyone

N/A

enables Reader ID to be

written to OBUs

to write Reader

ID to OBUs and

access Reader ID

field

Reader ID

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With Reader ID enabled, enter

a numeric Reader ID, then,

press Enter or select a different

tab.

anyone

RID___

0

0-4095

sets Reader ID

to keep a record

in OBUs of the

Reader ID

TM Date/Time

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TMP enabled, select TM

Date/Time.

anyone

TMDTTM

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: the Reader date

and time is not written to

OBUs

Enabled: the Reader date

and time is written to

OBUs

to keep a record

in OBUs of the

TM transaction

time

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 95 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Enable TCP

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With the Read-Only Mode

check box cleared, select the

Enable TCP check box.

anyone

TCP___

1 (Enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader is not

permitted to update toll

collection fields in OBUs

Enabled: Reader is

permitted to update toll

collection fields in OBUs

to control if toll

collection fields

can be written to

OBUs and to

access TCP

settings in the

Tag

Programming

tab

Plaza ID

(enable)

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TCP enabled, select the

Plaza ID check box.

anyone

N/A

enables Plaza ID to be

written to OBUs

to write Plaza ID

to OBUs and

access the Plaza

ID field

Plaza ID

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With Plaza ID enabled, enter a

numeric Plaza ID, then, press

Enter or select a different tab.

anyone

PID___

0

0-127

sets Plaza ID

to keep a record

in OBUs of the

Plaza ID

Agency ID

(enable)

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TCP enabled, select the

Agency ID check box.

anyone

N/A

enables Agency ID to be

written to OBUs

to write the

agency ID to

OBUs and access

the Agency ID

field

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 96 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Agency ID

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With Agency ID enabled, enter

a numeric Agency ID, then,

press Enter or select a different

tab.

anyone

AID___

0

0 - 127

sets the agency ID

to keep a record

in OBUs of the

agency ID

Transaction

number

programming

(enable)

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TCP enabled, select the

Transaction number

programming check box.

anyone

N/A

enables a transaction

number to be written to

the OBU

to write a

transaction

number to OBUs

and to access the

transaction

number

programming

options

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 97 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Transaction

number

programming

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With Transaction number

programming enabled, select

the appropriate calculation

type from the Transaction

number programming drop-

down box, then, press Enter or

select a different tab.

anyone

TFRM__

2 Reprogram

with 16 bit

sequential

transaction

number

0 Don’t

reprogram

transaction

field

1 Reprogram

with 16 bit

random

number

2 Reprogram

with 16 bit

sequential

transaction

number

3 Reprogram

with 8 bit

random

number and

8 bit

sequential

number

sets the way the Reader

creates an OBU

transaction number

to choose how

the Reader

determines OBU

transaction

numbers

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 98 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

OBU Feedback

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

Select the OBU feedback check

box.

Note: If the checkbox is grayed

out, it is because the Toll

Rate/Balance Adjustment is

checked. Uncheck this

checkbox to activate the OBU

feedback checkbox

anyone

rw_OBU

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: programs

feedback-type OBUs to

not provide feedback

Enabled: programs

feedback-type OBUs to

provide feedback

to configure

feedback-type

OBUs to notify

when an ETC

transaction has

occurred.

Toll Rate /

Balance

Adjustment

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

Select the Toll Rate / Balance

Adjustment check box.

Note: If the checkbox is

grayedout, it is because the

OBU feedback checkbox is

checked. Uncheck this

checkbox to activate the Toll

Rate/Balance Adjustment

checkbox.

anyone

rw_TRB

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: blanks out the

Toll Rate / Balance

Adjustment tab.

Enabled: Reader is

responsible for adjusting

Toll Rate and Balance in

OBU.

to allow the

Toll/Rate

Balance

adjustment to be

made by the

Reader and

access

configuration

settings.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 99 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

TC Date/Time

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TCP enabled, select TC

Date/Time.

anyone

TCDTTM

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader

Date/Time not written to

OBU TC data fields.

Enabled: Reader

Date/Time written to OBU

TC data fields.

to keep a record

in OBUs of the

TC transaction

time

RW Format

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TCP enabled, select the

RW Format check box.

anyone

RW_FMT

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: RW Format not

affected

Enabled: Reader controls

how OBU scratchpad

memory is encoded

determines how

the data stored

in OBU

scratchpad

memory is

encoded

Lane Number

(enable)

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With TCP enabled, select the

Lane Number R/W check box,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab.

anyone

enables lane number

programming

to enable ability

to set a specific

lane number for

each RF channel

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 100 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Lane Number

(channel

assignment)

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

With Lane Number R/W

enabled, enter a value from 0

to 31 in each channel number

field, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

anyone

RFLNUM

Per-

instance

defaults.

Instance:0

value:1

instance:1

value:2

.

instance:30

value:31

0-31

assigns a lane number to

each channel.

ATTENTION: this field

should be used with care

as the value may not

reflect the channel on

which the tag was

reported.

to indicate in

OBU data which

lane an OBU was

in when a

transaction

occurred

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 101 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

OBU Feedback tab

OBU Feedback

type

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

select Type 1 or Type 2.

anyone

OBUTYP

0 (Type 1)

1 (Type 2)

Specifies which type of

OBU feedback to employ:

TYPE1: all tags provide the

same feedback

TYPE2: determine what

feedback to use based on

a table lookup choose one

of:

0 - Type 1

1 - Type 2

to turn on and

specify which

type of feedback

an OBU provides

OBU Feedback Type 1

OBU Audible

Feedback

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled

and Type 1 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Audible Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

OBUAUD

0 (Off)

1 (4 cycles:

0.25s ON,

0.25s OFF)

2 (1 cycle: 1.5s

ON)

3 (3 cycles: 0.5s

ON, 0.2s OFF)

turns on and specifies the

type of audible feedback

an OBU provides

to configure how

long and how

many times an

OBU beeps to

indicate a

successful

transaction

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 102 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

OBU Visual

Feedback

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled

and Type 1 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Visual Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

OBUVIS

0 (Off)

1 (Green: 2s)

2 (Red: 2s)

3 (Yellow: 2s)

turns on and specifies the

type of visual feedback an

OBU provides

to configure how

long and what

color an OBU LED

flashes to

indicate a

successful

transaction

OBU Feedback Type 2

Valid Tag:

Audible

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Audible Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2VLDA

0 (Off)

1 (4 cycles:

0.25s ON,

0.25s OFF)

2 (1 cycle: 1.5s

ON)

3 (3 cycles: 0.5s

ON, 0.2s OFF)

Specifies the audible

feedback to provide for

a valid tag

to configure how

long and how

many times an

OBU beeps to

indicate a

successful

transaction

Valid Tag:

Visual

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Visual Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2VLDV

0 (Off)

1 (Green: 2s)

2 (Red: 2s)

3 (Yellow: 2s)

Specify the visual

feedback to provide in

the case of a valid tag

to configure how

long and what

color an OBU

LED flashes to

indicate a

successful

transaction

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 103 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Invalid Tag:

Audible

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Audible Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2IVDA

0 (Off)

1 (4 cycles:

0.25s ON,

0.25s OFF)

2 (1 cycle: 1.5s

ON)

3 (3 cycles: 0.5s

ON, 0.2s OFF)

Specify the audible

feedback to provide for

an invalid tag

to configure how

long and how

many times an

OBU beeps to

indicate a

successful

transaction

Invalid Tag:

Visual

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Visual Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2IVDV

0 (Off)

1 (Green: 2s)

2 (Red: 2s)

3 (Yellow: 2s)

Specify the visual

feedback to provide in

the case of an invalid

tag

to configure how

long and what

color an OBU LED

flashes to

indicate a

successful

transaction

Lost/Stolen

Tag: Audible

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Audible Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2LSTA

0 (Off)

1 (4 cycles:

0.25s ON,

0.25s OFF)

2 (1 cycle: 1.5s

ON)

3 (3 cycles: 0.5s

ON, 0.2s OFF)

Specify the audible

feedback to provide for

a lost/stolen tag

to configure how

long and how

many times an

OBU beeps to

indicate a

successful

transaction

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 104 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Lost/Stolen

Tag:

Visual

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Visual Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2LSTV

0 (Off)

1 (Green: 2s)

2 (Red: 2s)

3 (Yellow: 2s)

Specify the visual

feedback to provide in

the case of a lost/stolen

tag

to configure how

long and what

color an OBU LED

flashes to

indicate a

successful

transaction

Low Balance

Tag: Audible

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Audible Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2LBLA

0 (Off)

1 (4 cycles:

0.25s ON,

0.25s OFF)

2 (1 cycle: 1.5s

ON)

3 (3 cycles: 0.5s

ON, 0.2s OFF)

Specify the audible

feedback to provide for

a low balance

tag

to configure how

long and how

many times an

OBU beeps to

indicate a

successful

transaction

Low Balance

Tag: Visual

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Visual Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2LBLV

0 (Off)

1 (Green: 2s)

2 (Red: 2s)

3 (Yellow: 2s)

Specify the visual

feedback to provide in

the case of a low

balance tag

to configure how

long and what

color an OBU LED

flashes to

indicate a

successful

transaction

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 105 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Not Available /

Internal Error:

Audible

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Audible Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2NA_A

0 (Off)

1 (4 cycles:

0.25s ON,

0.25s OFF)

2 (1 cycle: 1.5s

ON)

3 (3 cycles: 0.5s

ON, 0.2s OFF)

Specify the audible

feedback to provide for

a not available / internal

error

to configure how

long and how

many times an

OBU beeps to

indicate a

successful

transaction

Not Available /

Internal Error:

Visual

From the OBU Feedback tab on

the Configuration page:

With OBU feedback enabled,

and Type 2 selected, select a

feedback option from the OBU

Visual Feedback drop-down

box.

anyone

O2NA_V

0 (Off)

1 (Green: 2s)

2 (Red: 2s)

3 (Yellow: 2s)

Specify the visual

feedback to provide in

the case of a not

available / internal error

to configure how

long and what

color an OBU LED

flashes to

indicate a

successful

transaction

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 106 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Toll Rate / Balance adjustment tab

Toll

Rate/Balance

adjustment

From the Tag Programming tab

on the Configuration page:

with OBU Feedback disabled,

select the Toll Rate/Balance

adjustment check box.

anyone

rw_TRB

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: Reader does not

adjust Toll Rate or Balance

Enabled: Reader is

responsible for adjusting

Toll Rate and Balance in

OBU.

to allow the

Toll/Rate

Balance

adjustment to be

made by the

Reader and

access

configuration

settings

TRBA BAT

Processing

Type

From the Toll Rate/Balance tab

on the Configuration page:

with Toll Rate/Balance

adjustment enabled, select

BAT 1-Fixed Toll or BAT 2-

Variable Toll, then,

click the Update TRBA

Configuration button

anyone

TRBTYP

0 (BAT 1-

Fixed Toll)

0 (BAT 1-Fixed

Toll)

1 (BAT 2-

Variable Toll)

BAT 1-Fixed Toll: the Reader

charges a toll based on

the RF Channel(i.e. lane)

and type of vehicle

BAT 2 –Variablt Toll: the

Reader charges a toll

based on whether the

Reader is at an entry or

exit

to enable either

fixed toll or

variable toll

charges and

provide access to

related toll

options

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 107 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Toll Rate Table

Select

From the Toll Rate/Balance tab

on the Configuration page:

with BAT 1 enabled, select one

of four toll rates from the Toll

Rate Table Select drop-down

box for each RF channel

click the Update TRBA

Configuration button

anyone

TRBATS

0 (Table 1)

1 (Table 2)

2 (Table 3)

3 (Table 4)

sets the toll rate for each RF

Channel based on the

table selected

to allow a

Reader to charge

different rates,

depending on

which lane a

vehicle is in

Entry/Exit

Reader

From the Toll Rate/Balance tab

on the Configuration page:

with BAT 2 enabled, select

Entry Reader or Exit Reader

click the Update TRBA

Configuration button

anyone

TRBAER

0 (Entry

Reader)

0 (Entry

Reader)

1 (Exit Reader)

Entry Reader: This Reader

location is used as the

highway entry point when

calculating the toll

Exit Reader: This Reader

location is used as the

highway exit point when

calculating the toll

to allow a

Reader to charge

a different rate

on entry and exit

Enforce

Adjustment ID

Checking

From the Toll Rate/Balance tab

on the Configuration page:

select the Enforce Adjustment

ID Checking check box

click the Update TRBA

Configuration button

anyone

TRBEAI

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: no limits on

how often Reader can

update OBU balance

Enabled: limits how often

Reader can update OBU

balance

to set limits on

how frequently

the balance

stored in a

toll/balance OBU

can be updated.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 108 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

MPR RF

Protocol

This command is unavailable to

users and is set by Kapsch

TrafficCom personnel

Kapsch

TrafficCom

personnel

MPR_RF

0 (ISO-6B)

1 (ISO-6C)

2 (ATA)

3 (ISO-6B/ATA)

Sets the MPR RF protocol

for each MRFM channel

to set the MRFM

to ISO-6B, ISO-

6C, ATA, or ISO-

6B/ATA

Note: the MRFM

hardware must

also be

configured when

selecting the 6C

protocol.

MPR Frequency

This command is unavailable to

users and is set by Kapsch

TrafficCom personnel

Kapsch

TrafficCom

personnel

MPRFRQ

0 (903.25)

1 (912.25)

2 (915.25)

3 (918.25)

sets the MPR Frequency

for each MRFM channel

to set the MPR

frequency to

903.12, 912.25,

915.25, or

918.25

Channel tab

TDM Enable

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the TDM Enable

checkbox.

anyone

TDMEBL

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: TDM selections

not available to configure.

Enabled: TDM selections

available for

configuration.

Enables TDM RF

scanning.

Note: At least

one of 'TDM

Enable' or 'FDM

Enable’ must be

enabled at all

times.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 109 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

TDM RF State

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select one of the choices

offered from the drop down

menu for every appropriate

channel.

anyone

RF_STS

0 (Offline)

1 Active

2 Guard

3 Skip

Offline means the MRFM-

S module is off.

Active means the MRFM-S

module is on and reports

transactions on this channel.

Guard means MRFM-S

module is on, but

transactions assigned to

this channel are not

reported.

Skip controls the scanning

rate and should be used

only for channels 5 or

higher.

Used for IAG,

Allegro

protocols,

TDM Tag

Protocol

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select one or both of the

checkboxes for every

appropriate channel.

anyone

TDMPRT

0

0-3

Specifies which TDM

protocols are to be

interrogated per channel.

Select any or none of the

following by adding selected

values together:

0x00000001 - IAG

0x00000002 - Allegro

Used for IAG,

Allegro

protocols,

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 110 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

FDM Enable

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the FDM Enable

checkbox.

anyone

FDMEBL

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: TDM selections

not available to configure.

Enabled: FDM selections

available for

configuration.

Used for ATA,

6B, 6C, Sego

protocols

FDM RF State

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select one of the choices

offered from the drop down

menu for every appropriate

channel.

anyone

RFFSTS

0 (Offline)

1 Active

2 Guard

3 Off

Offline means the frame

timing for this channel is

preserved, but the MRFM-

S module is off.

Active means the MRFM-S

module is on and reports

transactions on this

channel.

Guard means the MRFM-S

module is on, but

transactions assigned to

this channel are not

reported.

Off means the MRFM-S

module is off and the

framing is not preserved.

Used for ATA,

6B, 6C, Sego

protocols

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 111 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

FDM Frequency

(MHz)

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select one of the choices

offered from the drop down

menu for every appropriate

channel.

anyone

FDMFRQ

0

0-27

FDM tag protocol frequency.

0 - 902.50

1 - 903.00

2 - 903.50

3 - 910.00

4 - 910.50

5 - 911.00

6 - 911.50

7 - 912.00

8 - 912.50

9 - 913.00

10 - 913.50

11 - 914.00

12 - 914.50

13 - 915.00

14 - 915.50

15 - 915.75

16 - 916.00

17 - 916.50

18 - 917.00

19 - 917.50

20 - 918.00

21 - 918.50

22 - 919.00

23 - 919.50

24 - 920.00

25 - 920.50

26 - 921.00

27 - 921.50

Used for ATA,

6B, 6C, Sego

protocols

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 112 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

FDM Tag

Protocol

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select one of the choices of

protocol offered from the list.

anyone

FDMPRT

0

0-5

Specify which FDM

protocol to use. choose

one of:

Off

SeGo (UID)

6B (UID)

6C (EPC)

ATA

SeGo (UID)+6C(EPC)

6B(UID,eATA)+6C(TID,EPC)

N/A

6C Skip Count

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

When 6B+6C FDM Tag Protocol

is selected.

Anyone

6CSKIP

3

1-10

Defines how many times

the reader will attempt to

read 6B tags before

attempting to read a 6C

tag.

This allows the

reader to weight

6B tag reads

versus 6C tag

reads.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 113 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

ATA Super-

Frame Skip

Count

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

anyone

ATASKP

0

0-5

This value defines the ON

and OFF times for the ATA

protocol FDM frames. I.e.

how many super-frames

should be generated

without doing ATA before

a super-frame with ATA

should be created. 0

means 'do ATA on every

super-frame' 1 means 'do

ATA every other super-

frame', etc...

Used for 6B, 6C,

Sego protocols

Channel

Weight [%]

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Type the Channel Weight as a

percent in the appropriate

fields.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RFWGHT

100

0-100

Enter a value from 0 to

100. At lane assignment

time, the reader applies

the weighting factor to all

channels seeing the same

transponder in a group. A

channel weight of 50

means only half of the

handshakes are used in

comparing with adjacent

channels. Typically a value

other than 100 is used

only for channels that

straddle two physical

lanes.

Used by all

protocols

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 114 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Group ID

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Type the Group ID in the

appropriate fields.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RFGPID

0

0-7

By default all channels are

in one group, such that

any cross lane reads

within the group

generate only one

transaction. By

specifying different

group IDs, multiple

independent coverage

zones can be created.

This is useful for certain

applications.

Used by all

protocols

LPT/FME Voting

time [ms]

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Type the voting time in the

appropriate fields.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LPTVTO

300

0-9999

Specify the time after the

initial entry of the

transponder into the

capture zone after

which a report is

generated. This is a

trade-off between lane

assignments versus

latency. A value of 0

means no voting,

subject to the

Programming Timeout

parameter. Specific to

[L]icense [P]late [T]ags

only.

Used by all

protocols

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 115 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Voting Time (all

other tag

types) [ms]

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Type the Voting Time for all

other tag types in the

appropriate fields.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

VOTETO

100

0-9999

Specify the time after the

initial entry of the

transponder into the

capture zone, subject to

the Programming

Timeout parameter.

Used by all

protocols

Dynamic Voting

Control

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

Select Disabled or Reader from

the Dynamic voting control

drop-down box (LC Speed

and LC Ends are not

supported), then, press Enter

or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

DVCTRL

0 (Disabled)

1 (Reader)

2 (LC Speed)

3 (LC End)

Disabled: no voting

control

Reader: the Reader

monitors the average

time an OBU is in the

capture zone and uses

this time to determine

an appropriate voting

time

LC Speed: not currently

supported

LC End: not currently

supported

to set type of

voting control

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 116 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Dynamic Voting

Sample Size

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

With Dynamic Voting Control

set to Reader, enter the

desired number of samples,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

DVSPSZ

20

1-50

Sets the sample size used

in the Dynamic Voting

Calculation

to configure the

Dynamic Voting

Control

calculation. The

number entered

here is the

number of

used when

calculating the

average voting

time

Dynamic Voting

Threshold [%]

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

With Dynamic Voting Control

set to Reader, enter the voting

threshold percentage in the

Dynamic Voting Threshold

field, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

DVTHSD

20

5-100

sets the voting threshold

percentage

to configure

when the

average Voting

time is adjusted.

The Voting time

will only be

updated when

the Reader

determines the

percent change

is larger than the

threshold

entered here

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 117 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Dynamic Voting

Capture Zone

Span Multiplier

From the Channel tab on the

Configuration page:

With Dynamic Voting Control

set to Reader, enter a voting

time multiplier in the Dynamic

Voting Capture Zone Span

Multiplier field, then, press

Enter or select a different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

DVCZTM

2

1-5

sets the Capture Zone

Span Time multiplier

to determine

how long an

OBU has to be

out of a capture

zone before re-

entry is

considered a

new transaction.

This number is a

multiple of the

Average Voting

time

LC tab

Allow Remote

LC

Configuration

From the LC tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Allow Remote LC

Configuration check box, then,

press Enter or select a different

tab..

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RMOTLC

1 (Enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: LC is not

permitted to Configure

Reader

Enabled: allows the LC to

configure the Reader

remotely

allows changes

to the Reader

configuration

from the LC

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 118 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Use RFP-

Compliant

Message

Format

From the LC tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Use RFP-Compliant

Message Format check box,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab..

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

RfpMsg

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

enables the RFP-

compliant message

format

allows the

Reader to report

transactions to

the LC in the

new E-ZPass-

specified format

LC Ethernet

TCP-Socket

Timeout

From the LC tab on the

Configuration page:

With at least one RF Channel

configured to send data to the

LC via Ethernet, type a time, in

milliseconds, in the LC Ethernet

TCP-Socket Timeout check box,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab..

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

LcEtTo

500

100-5000

sets the timeout for a

response from the LC via

the LC Ethernet network

to determine if

there is an

Ethernet

communication

problem

between the

Reader and the

LC

Send Heartbeat

Messages

From the LC tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Send Heartbeat

Messages check box, then,

press Enter or select a different

tab..

anyone

LCHTBT

1 (Enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: No heartbeat

messages are sent to LC.

Enabled: causes the

Reader to send heartbeat

messages to the LC via

serial link

to detect

communication

problems

between the

Reader and the

LC in the

absence of OBU

data

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 119 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Heartbeat

Interval

From the LC tab on the

Configuration page:

With heartbeat messages

enabled, enter a time, in

seconds, in the Heartbeat

Interval check box, then, press

Enter or select a different tab.

anyone

LCHBTM

2

1-30

sets the heartbeat

message interval

to configure how

often heartbeat

messages are

sent from the

Reader to the LC

Destination

From the LC tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Serial and/or

Ethernet check box for each RF

channel and then press Enter

or select a different tab..

anyone

LCDEST

0 (Serial)

1 (Ethernet)

Serial: sets channel to

communicate with the LC

by a serial connection

Ethernet: sets channel to

communicate with the LC

by an Ethernet connection

sets how

individual RF

channels

communicate

with the LC

Serial Port

From the LC tab on the

Configuration page:

With serial communications

enabled, select the appropriate

LPM COM Port from the Serial

Port drop-down box and then

press Enter or select a different

tab..

anyone

LCSERL

0 (COM 1)

1 (COM 2)

2 (COM 3)

3 (COM 4)

4 (COM 5)

5 (COM 6)

6 (COM 7)

7 (COM 8)

assigns an LPM COM Port

to each MRFM-S channel

to configure

which LPM COM

Port sends data

for a specific

MRFM-S channel

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 120 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

LC Retry

Timeout

From the Serial tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time, in milliseconds, in

the LC Retry Timeout field,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

PROTTO

1000

50-1000

sets the LC retry timeout

to set the time

that the Reader

waits for LC

confirmation

before resending

data

Serial Port

State

From the Serial tab on the

Configuration page:

Select the Serial Port State

check box for the required LPM

COM port, then, press Enter or

select a different tab.

anyone

COM_ST

1 (Enabled)

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: LCM COM port

disabled

Enabled: LCM COM port

enabled to communicate

with LC

to enable or

disable

communications

on each LPM

COM port

Baud Rate

From the Serial tab on the

Configuration page:

With the Serial Port State

enabled, select the desired

Baud Rate from the drop-down

box, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

anyone

COM_BR

1 (19200)

0 (9600)

1 (19200)

2 (38400)

3 (57600)

4 (115200)

sets the LPM baud rate for

individual COM ports

to configure the

LPM baud rate

on a port by port

basis

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 121 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Data Bits

From the Serial tab on the

Configuration page:

With the Serial Port State

enabled, select the desired

Data Bits from the drop-down

box, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

anyone

COMBTZ

3 (8)

0 (5)

1 (6)

2 (7)

3 (8)

sets the LPM data bits for

individual COM ports

to configure the

LPM data bits on

a port by port

basis

Parity

From the Serial tab on the

Configuration page:

With the Serial Port State

enabled, select the desired

Parity from the drop-down

box, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

anyone

COMPTY

0 (None)

1 (Even)

2 (Odd)

sets the LPM parity for

individual COM ports

to configure the

LPM parity on a

port by port

basis

Stop Bits

From the Serial tab on the

Configuration page:

With the Serial Port State

enabled, select the desired

Stop Bits from the drop-down

box, then, press Enter or select

a different tab.

anyone

COMSTP

1

1-2

sets the LPM stop bits for

individual COM ports

to configure the

LPM stop bits on

a port by port

basis

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 122 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Transponder

Timeout

From the Group tab on the

Configuration page:

Enter a time, in seconds, in the

Transponder Timeout field,

then, press Enter or select a

different tab.

anyone

GRPTTO

300

1-300

set the transponder

timeout time

to set the

amount of time

an OBU must be

out of a capture

zone before

communication

with the OBU is

reported as a

new transaction

Save Config

From the Manage Config tab

on the Configuration page:

Click the Save Config button.

anyone

N/A

in IE, displays

configuration file

in Firefox, opens a file

management box

to allow Reader

configuration file

to be saved. The

file can then be

reloaded later or

used to

configure other

Readers

Browse

(select

configuration

file to upload)

From the Manage Config tab

on the Configuration page:

Click the Browse button.

anyone

N/A

opens the File Upload

window

to select a saved

configuration file

to upload

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 123 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Upload Config

(without

changing IP

addresses)

From the Manage Config tab

on the Configuration page:

With the correct configuration

file displayed in the Filename

field above, click the upper

Upload Config button.

anyone

N/A

uploads the selected

configuration file to the

Reader without

overwriting the IP

addresses

to upload a

saved Reader

configuration

without

changing the IP

address settings

Upload Config

(including the IP

addresses)

From the Manage Config tab

on the Configuration page:

With the correct configuration

file displayed in the Filename

field above, click the bottom

Upload Config button.

anyone

N/A

uploads the selected

configuration file to the

Reader including any IP

addresses

to upload a

saved Reader

configuration

Reset

Parameters to

Default Values

From the Manage Config tab

on the Configuration page:

Click the bottom Reset

Parameters to Default Values

button.

anyone

N/A

restores all Reader

configuration settings to

the factory default values

except for the IP address

to reset the

Reader

configuration,

usually while

performing

specific field

service tests

Browse

(select Reader

Firmware to

upload)

From the Manage Config tab

on the Configuration page:

Click the Browse button.

anyone

N/A

opens the File Upload

window

to select a saved

configuration file

to upload

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 124 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Upload File

From the Software

Management page:

Click the Upload File button.

user with

Software

Management

permissions

N/A

uploads a firmware

version

to upload a

firmware version

to the Reader so

it can be

activated

Reboot

From the Software

Management page:

Click the Reboot button.

user with

Software

Management

permissions

N/A

reboots the Reader

to remotely

reboot a Reader

Activate

From the Software

Management page:

Click the Activate button.

user with

Software

Management

permissions

N/A

activates the selected

firmware version

to deactivate the

firmware version

currently

running and

activate a new

version once the

new firmware

version has been

uploaded to the

Reader

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 125 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Delete

(firmware)

From the Software

Management page:

Click the Delete button.

user with

Software

Management

permissions

N/A

deletes the selected

firmware version

to delete an

inactive, non-

factory firmware

version that is no

longer required

to free up space

for newer

firmware

versions

Change

Permissions

From the User Management

tab on the User Management

page:

Click the Change Permissions

button.

user with User

Admin

permissions

N/A

enables any permission

changes

to add or

remove

permissions for a

given user

Clear Password

From the User Management

tab on the User Management

page:

Click the Clear Password

button.

user with User

Admin

permissions

N/A

clears a user’s password

to allow a user

to create a new

password if they

have forgotten

their existing

password

Delete

(user)

From the User Management

tab on the User Management

page:

Click the Delete button.

user with User

Admin

permissions

N/A

deletes a user

to remove users

who no longer

require access to

the CTM web

interface

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 126 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Create New

User

From the User Management

tab on the User Management

page:

Click the Create New User

button.

user with User

Admin

permissions

N/A

creates a new user

to create a user

account

Submit

(new password)

From the Change Password tab

on the User Management

page:

Click the Submit button.

user with User

Admin

permissions

N/A

submits a new password

to change the

password of the

user currently

logged into the

CTM web

interface

Network Time

Protocol

From the Time Management

page:

select Disable or Enable, then,

Click the Update NTP Settings

button.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

NTP___

0 Disabled

1 Enabled

enables or disables setting

the Reader time via an

NTP server

to ensure

readers are time

synced to a time

server

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 127 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

NTP Server 1, 2

and 3

From the Time Management

page:

enter three different valid NTP

server IP address in the NTP

Server fields, then,

Click the Update NTP Settings

button.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

NTP__1

NTP__2

NTP__3

N/A

sets the NTP server IP

addresses

to provide the

Reader with

three NTP

servers it can

access to

accurately

maintain time

with other

Readers in an IR

network

Time Zone

From the Time Management

page:

select the appropriate time

zone from the Time Zone drop

down box, then,

click the Set Time button.

anyone

TMZONE

2 (NewYork)

0 (UTC)

1 (Toronto)

2 (New York)

3 (Halifax)

4 (Chicago)

Adjust the time sent from

the NTP server to the local

time zone

to ensure that

the time

provided by the

NTP server is

displayed as the

local time

Set Time

From the Time Management

page:

enter the date and time in the

format

MMDDYY<sp>HHMMSS, then,

Click the Set Time button.

anyone

N/A

manually sets the Reader

time

to manually set

the time on a

Reader not in an

IR network

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 128 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Delete Event

Logs

From the Log Files tab on the

Log Files page:

Click the Delete Event Logs

button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

N/A

deletes all event logs

to free up

memory for

more logs

Delete All Logs

From the Log Files tab on the

Log Files page:

Click the Delete All Logs

button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

N/A

deletes all logs

to free up

memory for

more logs

Copy Log Files

to USB disk

From the USB Logging tab on

the Log Files page:

Click the Copy Log Files to USB

disk button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

N/A

copies all log files to a USB

flash drive inserted in an

CTM USB port

to save a copy of

the Reader log

files for analysis

or for backup

Start Logging to

USB disk

From the USB Logging tab on

the Log Files page:

Click the Start Logging to USB

disk button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

N/A

continuously copies log

files as they are created

and updated to a USB

flash drive inserted in an

CTM USB port

to automatically

create a backup

copy of all logs

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 129 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Ethernet

Logging

(enable)

From the Ethernet Logging tab

on the Log Files page:

Select the Ethernet check box,

then, click the Update Ethernet

Logging Configuration button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

ETHLOG

0 (Disabled)

1 (Enabled)

Disabled: No Ethernet

logging

Enabled: the Reader

sends a copy of log files to

a destination computer

via the ETHERNET 1 port

can remotely

access log files

Use this option

only under the

recommendation

of Kapsch

Service.

Destination

IP/Port

From the Ethernet Logging tab

on the Log Files page:

Enter the IP address and port

number of the computer to

receive log files, then, click the

Update Ethernet Logging

Configuration button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

ELDTIP

0.0.0.0.0

N/A

provides the IP address

and port of the computer

to receive log files

to allow the

Reader to know

the IP address of

a remote

computer so log

files can be sent

Ethernet

Protocol

From the Ethernet Logging tab

on the Log Files page:

Select either TCP or UDP, then,

click the Update Ethernet

Logging Configuration button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

ELPROT

0 (TCP)

1 (UDP)

TCP: use TCP protocol for

sending log files via

Ethernet

UDP: use UDP protocol for

sending log files via

Ethernet

to choose an

Ethernet

protocol that

focuses on speed

(UDP) or quality

of data (TCP)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Operating Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 130 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose

intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Command

How is this command

executed?

Who can

execute this

command?

Parameter

Name

Default

Parameter

Value

Parameter

Range/Options

What does this

command do?

What is the

purpose of this

command?

Select Logs

From the Ethernet Logging tab

on the Log Files page:

Select the check boxes of the

log files to be sent, then, click

the Update Ethernet Logging

Configuration button.

user with

View Log Files

and Manage

Log Files

permissions

ELLOGS

0 (trouble)

1 (tag)

2 (event)

3 (developer)

4 (debug)

5 (fifo)

sets which log files are

sent via Ethernet

to select only the

log files you

want to receive

Perform Tests

(serial comms)

From the Diagnostics Page:

Select the LPM COM port to be

tested from the Test

Enable/Disable drop-down

box, then, click the Perform

Test(s) button.

user with

Advanced

User

permissions

N/A

tests the specified LPM

serial port

to ensure that a

specified LPM

port is

functioning

properly when

troubleshooting

communication

problems with

the LC

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 131 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 132 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 133 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. THEORY OF OPERATIONS

This section offers a more detailed overview of the Reader components than the introductory overview

provided in Overview Section 2 page 24.

Multi-protocol Readers can communicate with both active and passive OBUs. The Reader uses a

combination of Time Division Multiplexed (TDM) and Frequency Division Multiplexed (FDM) periods to

read active and passive OBUs respectively. Each MRFM-S and antenna pair create a RF coverage

zone on the roadway. The antennas are situated to create overlapping coverage zones between

channels. For high speed lanes, one reader can support 5 channels. When required, multiple readers

can be synced together to support additional channels. The reader processes the OBU information

and provides transaction reports to the Lane Controller interfaces. When required, the reader can write

data to the OBU.

Active OBUs

Active OBUs are battery powered and transmit a signal to the Reader antennas. As a vehicle equipped

with an active OBU approaches a toll plaza, the OBU receives a trigger signal from the Tx antenna.

The OBU then starts transmitting data, which is received by the Rx antenna.

The MRFM-S decode the active OBU signal and passes the data to the CTM, which processes and

logs the OBU data and then sends the information to the Lane Controllers (LCs). The Reader may also

send data back to the active OBUs, such as an updated toll account balance.

Passive OBUs

Passive tags are not battery powered and cannot transmit a signal. As a vehicle equipped with a

passive OBU approaches the antenna, the OBU receives a transmit signal from the antenna. This

signal is then reflected from the passive OBU back to the antenna. The reflected signal is uniquely

modulated by each passive OBU, allowing the OBU to be identified.

The MRFM-S decodes the passive OBU signal and passes the date to the CTM which processes and

logs the OBU data and then sends the information to the Lane Controllers (LCs). The Reader may

also send data back to the active OBUs, such as an updated toll account balance..

Capture zones

The capture zone is the area of antenna RF coverage. An antenna can communicate with an OBU

once the OBU enters the antenna’s capture zone. These capture zones and the number of antennas

required per lane varies depending on the lane configuration.

Note: Installation on these type of lanes is assessed by Kapsch Personnel prior to deployment in order

to validate customer expectations and performance.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 134 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Superframes

The available RF Air time is divided into frames. A series of frames is assembled into a superframe

which can be used to sync multiple readers together. In some configurations, a series of superframes

is assembled into a megaframe which is used to sync multiple readers together. A frame can be either

a TDM or FDM period. A superframe can be a collection of TDM and/or FDM frames.

Multi-protocol RF Module Smart

The Multi-protocol RF Module Smart (MRFM-S) can handle multiple passive tag protocols; 6B (ISO

18000-6 Type B), 6C (ISO 18000-6 Type C), ATA (10374/ATA/AAR S-918) SeGo and Allegro,as well

as the active protocol IAG. The MRFM-S hardware must be configured by Kapsch TrafficCom to

handle 6C OBUs.

In a scanning operation, multiple MRFM-S channels can fire simultaneously, depending on the

application (straddle channels do not fire when lane channels fire). The Reader bitstream determines

the pattern of MRFM-S channel firing. Time slots are issued within time division control signals sent

from the CTM CGC2 via the DSM to each MRFM-S. Each MRFM-S channel is configured by Kapsch

TrafficCom with a unique frequency to prevent interference between channels.

The MRFM-S design includes a software command for adjusting the transmitter peak output power.

Due to regulatory requirements, software controls for setting the Tx power level and Rx sensitivity are

limited to users authorized by Kapsch TrafficCom . Contact Kapsch TrafficCom if these levels need to

be adjusted.

When installing or replacing an MRFM-S, the lane must be retuned.

The MRFM-S transmits a message to the CGC. After the message is processed by the CTM, a

message is sent to the LC.

The signals between the MRFM-S and the DSM are shown in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1: MRFM-S signals to and from DSM

Signal

Description

data input from DSM

Tx DA  signals, RS422 bi-polar AM envelope modulation signals

data output to DSM

Rx DA  signals, RS422 bi-polar AM envelope demodulation signals

RF control

Rx EN  and Tx EN , RS422 bi-polar transceiver enable signals

RF control

A0  and A1 , RS422 bi-polar data address enable signals

power input from DSM

+5VDC (Vcc), +15VDC

The serial communication settings for the LC COM port are configurable through the web interface.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 135 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Power Supply Module (PSM)

The PSM AC mains power requirement is 95-135VAC (60Hz+/-2 Hz) at 10A max input current.

The PSM is field replaceable and provides:

 A power switch and a 10A fuse

 +5V and +15V DC power outputs

 +5V and +15V LEDs to indicate power supply output status

In the redundant configuration, both the primary and secondary PSMs are normally powered on. The

primary PSM provides power to the primary CTM and the secondary PSM provides power to the

secondary CTM. Both PSMs share the RF module load.

In the event of failure of one PSM, an automatic switchover will occur and the redundant PSM provides

all the power for the RF module load.

The PSMs are not interchangeable. The Primary and Secondary power supplies have different part

numbers; a result of being physical mirror images of each other.

Each PSM has a mains power fuse on the front panel: Time lag, 10 A @ 500 V, UL rated.

The power supply distribution is shown in Figure 4-1, page 136.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 136 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 4-1: Reader Power distribution

MRFM-S modules (1 to 8)

SPM

Secondary

CFM

Primary

CFM

Secondary

CTM

Primary

CTM

Secondary

PSM (left)

Primary

PSM (right)

Power Mains

110 VAC

nominal

+15 VDC/13.3A +5 VDC/10.0A

+3.3 VDC +3.3 VDC

+5 VDC/5A Secondary +5 VDC/5A Primary

Lightning/surge

suppressor

Power Mains

connection supplied

by system integrator

Earth ground system

supplied by system

integrator

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 137 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Lane Controller Port Module (LPM)

The LPM provides the serial communications connections between the CTM and the LC. The LC serial

communication signals travel to/from the CTM CGC board via the Distribution Module (DSM) to the

LPM serial port connectors. The LPM provides the 8 serial port connectors and integrated lighting

protection. The LPM is field replaceable.

The JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2 is factory configured to support either an RS-232 or RS-422

interface. The data rate is configurable to standard rates up to 115.2 kbps.

Normally, each MRFM-S channel is assigned a unique LPM COM port; however, the MRFM-S

channels can be multiplexed by assigning multiple RF channels to one LC serial port, as necessary.

For a description of the serial interface protocol and file formats exchanged between a Lane Controller

and a Reader, refer to ICD 360450-111.

Sync Port Module (SPM)

The SPM provides a pathway for synchronization signals to and from both primary and secondary CTM

MC boards via the DSM to the SPM 6-terminal block connector where the synchronization STAR

network cables connect. The SPM is field replaceable.

A 4-Wire RS422 electrical connection at the front panel terminal block connects the SPM to the

synchronization network.

There are no active components installed on the SPM.

A three-position toggle switch mounted on the SPM provides Auto, Primary and Secondary redundancy

mode control signals via the DSM to the CTM.

Controller Module (CTM)

The CTM performs the Reader’s digital signal processing for OBUs. The CTMs may be swapped

without having to save the configuration file since the configuration data is stored in the CFMs mounted

on the DSM.

The CTM as a whole unit is field replaceable.

Main Controller (MC)

The MC is an off-the-shelf EBX form-factor industrial single-board computer. This unit contains the

CPU, memory and I/Os and is used to run the Reader software.

The MC receives OBU information from its associated CGC2 and performs a lane assignment for each

tag passing through the system via voting logic. It communicates with the LCs to report tag

transactions, accepts configuration messages, and provides status messages via a legacy LC serial

interface and/or an LC Ethernet interface. It detects and reports faults and can perform a switchover. It

offers Reader configuration via a browser interface, storage for transaction buffering, event logging,

and tag transaction and performance monitoring. It also supports remote software downloads. It

provides Inter-Reader communications with up to two other Readers, saves Reader configuration

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 138 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

parameters to the primary and secondary CFM, manages the OBU Account Status file, and keeps log

files for OBU transactions, system events, and trouble reports.

For a description of the ethernet interface protocol and file formats exchanged between a Lane

Controller and a Reader, refer to ICD 360450-112.

Channel Group Controller Module (CGC2)

The CGC2 is used as a scheduler and a controller. It schedules when the MRFM-S operates and

routes the data from the MRFM-S to the MC.

Configuration Module (CFM)

The CFM is a field replaceable PWA board. These non-volatile memory cards store the Reader

configuration file. They are field-replaceable without using any tools.

Distribution Module (DSM)

The DSM back plane provides interconnections between the plug-in modules in the Reader rack. It is

not field-replaceable.

The DSM is responsible for the following.

 Provides locations for all plug-in Reader modules and the Lane Kit RF modules

 Distributes DC power from the PSMs to the necessary modules in the Reader rack

 Carries RF data and control signals between primary and secondary CTMs and all MRFM-Ss

 Carries synchronization and redundancy mode signals between primary and secondary CTMs and

the SPM

 Carries data between primary and secondary CTMs and primary and secondary CFMs

 Carries data between primary and secondary CTMs and primary and secondary LPMs

Synchronization

CAUTION:

On one redundant reader of a synchronization network, the

synchronization connection should be looped back and this reader

will declare sync even if it is disconnected from the other readers.

Readers must be synchronized if they have overlapping capture zones, are connected in an IR

network, or if Reader-to-Reader RF interference is present.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 139 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

If unsynchronized Readers are located within a 200 meter (660 feet) radius, tests for in-band RF

interference should be carried out to ensure that no Reader-to-Reader interference occurs. This test

should be carried out under live traffic conditions to ensure that RF signal reflections off moving

vehicles do not exceed the in-band limits. If Reader-to-Reader RF interference exceeds the in-band

limits then the Readers must be synchronized.

How Reader synchronization operates at the toll location

After interrogating all of the assigned MRFM-S slots in the rack, each Reader will provide a ‘sync

ready’ signal on its SPM terminal block. Only when the configuration parameter Enable Reader Sync

is set ON for all Readers in the sync network does synchronization occur.

As busy Readers become ready they will not send any more RF trigger signals until the sync bus

indicates that all Readers are ready. Once the last Reader in the network generates its ready signal, all

Readers on the sync bus simultaneously generate OBU trigger pulses starting with the RF module in

slot 1. This can be seen in the truth table shown below for synchronization circuit consisting of two

Readers.

Table 4-2: Boolean Logic Truth Table for Synchronization of two Readers

The truth table above demonstrates the following rule of synchronization operation:

The sync bus will only be in the ready state when all Readers in the group are in the ready state.

The last Reader to acquire a ready state controls the system synchronization. Most of the time (greater

than 95%), the sync bus will be in the busy state. If operating correctly, the sync bus will normally be in

the ready state for about 100 Sec.

The Sync Recovery Process

When a Reader detects it is out of synchronization, it attempts to re-establish synchronization at the

beginning of every superframe. During this time, the CTM SYNC LED flashes green/orange (the orange

is a mix of green and red due to the short amount of time in red).

Note: Connection of other equipment or external synchronization devices is not supported and may

cause Reader errors.

Reader 1 sync port Tx

Reader 2 sync port Tx

Reader 1 or 2 sync port Rx

0 (ready)

1 (busy)

0 (ready)

1 (busy)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 140 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Log files

The log files for OBU transactions are saved on the CFM. Once space is filled on the respective

memory partition, the oldest file from the same file type is deleted to create memory space for the new

data.

A listing of the main log file types appears below. Other log files that may be present are for Kapsch

TrafficCom use only.

Table 4-3: List of Available Log Files

Log File Type

Description

tagtxns_yyyy-mm-dd

Daily tag Transaction log.

eventlog_yyyy-mm-dd

Daily event log files. Event log contain a periodic report of system

health and transaction count totals.

trouble_yyyy-mm-dd

Trouble Log. Content lists any unusual system anomaly (e.g.

switchover).

Transaction logs

CAUTION:

Log file formats are not under ICD control and the format may

change without prior notification. Log files are for diagnostic

purposes only and are not guaranteed to be maintained in non-

volatile storage.

Each transaction generates a two-line report containing the fields described in the table below.

Table 4-4: List of Fields in a Transaction Log Report

Field

Description

IREAD

Optional initial read report when transponder first enters capture zone. Informational report

VOTE

Transaction report at voting time

POST

Optional post-capture zone report if lane assignment or programming status has changed.

Informational report

An

Antenna number (present only if in interpolated lane assignment mode)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 141 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Field

Description

Master

Set

The set of three (3) inter-Reader channels that have the most tag reads (C = center Reader, L = left

Reader, R = right Reader). (present only if in interpolated lane assignment mode)

Zone

Sub-zone information (a – f). (Present only if in interpolated lane assignment mode)

Ch

Channel number. Indicates the assigned channel (1-8). Channel 1 corresponds to the leftmost RF

module in the RF rack.

St

Transaction status.

Pgm indicates successful transponder programming.

PU indicates transponder programming status is Unknown (tag left zone before verify could

complete).

PF indicates transponder was not programmed successfully.

Read indicates the Reader is in read only mode.

CrossR indicates an informational report (not a transaction).

Txn

Transaction number. Note that transaction numbers may appear to skip when using 2 or more

Readers with Ethernet connection between them.

Ag

Agency ID of transponder in capture zone.

Sn

Serial number of transponder in capture zone.

Ahs

Number of handshakes up to voting time.

THs

Total Handshakes for previous transaction assigned to this channel.

GUARD

Shown for a transaction assigned to a RF channel set to Guard. These transactions will show !LC

to indicate that no report for the LC is generated. Tag programming is disabled for Guard channels.

?LA

In a POST report, indicates that a lane assignment change was detected between the voting time

report and the post time report. May be an indication that voting time is not optimal.

?PS

In a POST report, indicates that a programming status change was detected between the voting

time report and the post time report.

>LC

>LC indicates transaction is to be reported to lane controller (connection present or not). Only

appears on the Active CTM

!LC

!LC indicates transaction is suppressed (e.g. GUARD lane or CrossR transactions or CTM is

Inactive).

Cx-HS

HS tag handshakes seen up to voting/post time on the MasterSet center Reader.

Lx-HS

HS tag handshakes seen up to voting/post time on the MasterSet left Reader.

Rx-HS

HS tag handshakes seen up to voting/post time on the MasterSet right Reader.

Transaction Buffering

Transactions from OBUs, are processed by the CTM. When a Reader CTM loses communications

with an Lane Controller (LC), the Reader buffers OBU transactions and error messages (up to a

combined total of 400,000) in non-volatile memory (i.e. buffered messages will not be lost during power

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 142 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

interruptions or Reader resets). When the memory is full, new transactions overwrite the oldest

buffered transactions. The memory available for buffering is shared by all RF channels.

When the communication link between an LC and the Reader is re-established, the Reader begins to

upload the buffered transactions to the LC. The Reader will pause uploading buffered transactions to

the LC to report any new transactions as they occur. Buffered transaction reporting resumes after the

new transactions have been reported. Messages from the LC will continue to be acknowledged and

acted upon during the upload process.

Event Logs

The event log is generated to record any reader events or changes (for example, if the power supply

status changes). During service, the technician should first examine the event log files to see if there

are any reported events with the reader.

The following list depicts the possible sources of event messages found in the event log.

 Changes to the reader configuration

 Changes to the reader configuration at power up

 Reader status changes, such as PSM status, etc.

 Reader faults detected

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 143 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Trouble Logs

Unusual Reader issues generate trouble logs (for example, if a switchover has occurred). During

service, the technician should first examine these trouble log files to see if there are any reported

issues with the Reader.

Examine the Log Files page for instances of one or more trouble <date> file in the list of log files.

A typical report in a trouble log is:

2010-05-31T10:52:35.723+00:00 [lab3_5] SYNCR: Reader SYNC lost

Note: As an alternative, Kapsch Service can remotely connect to the Reader and examine the trouble

log to quickly identify and resolve any issues. It is up to the system administrator or integrator to

determine when to grant Kapsch Service remote access to the LC network IP addresses.

The following list depicts the possible sources of trouble messages found in the trouble <date> file.

 No detection of a CFM backplane memory module.

 The Status file integrity check fails. Possible cause: there may be data for up to 40 million OBUs in a

Status file.

 The Reader software forced a switchover on detection of:

o Failed CGC health

o Failed serial LC link (when enabled). Possible cause: a fault external to the Reader

o Failed Ethernet LC link (when enabled). Possible cause: a fault external to the Reader

o Failed Ethernet inter-Reader link (when enabled). Possible cause: a fault external to the Reader

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 144 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

5. INSTALLATION

Introduction

The Reader is shipped with the required power, communications, and logic modules. The Lane Kits,

separate from the Reader, each consist of an antenna, an MRFM-S, and a feedline cable adapter.

After the equipment is installed, the Reader must be configured via the browser interface. After

configuration is complete, the Reader configuration should be saved (see Saving the Reader

configuration, page 243) for future reference.

The toll agency and/or system integrator must select the configuration and setup that is suitable for the

application and the desired system performance.

CAUTION:

Improper modification of configuration parameters may adversely

affect system operation. The default values may not be appropriate

for the specific application. It is the system integrator’s responsibility

to tailor the configuration parameters to the specific operating

environment.

CAUTION: Redundant Reader

Configure both CTMs in a redundant Reader. Each CTM has its own

browser interface and is configured independently. Ensure any

configuration changes made to one CTM are applied to the other CTM,

as required.

The earth ground system

WARNING:

AN IMPROPERLY GROUNDED READER COULD RESULT IN ELECTRIC

SHOCK. ENSURE A HIGH CURRENT EARTH GROUND CONNECTION

IS ESTABLISHED BEFORE CONNECTING SUPPLY POWER.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 145 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

The system integrator supplies the earth ground system for the Reader mains power as per the IEEE

142-2007 standard, particularly; chapter 5: Sensitive Electronic Equipment Grounding; and chapter 3

pertaining to lightning protection; and all other chapter sections describing bonding applications.

The system integrator is responsible for ensuring the grounding and power conforms to local regulatory

and safety requirements. The recommendations herein are those to ensure bad grounding does not

degrade the reader performance.

In accordance with IEEE 142-2007 all of the following building/site elements (if available) must be

bonded together:

 metal frame of the building (if effectively grounded)

 metal underground water pipe

 ground ring, concrete encased electrode

The Reader ground bar (supplied by the system integrator) is bonded to the above-mentioned

elements. If none of these elements are available on site, only then a grounding electrode is installed

as per NEC to which the Reader ground bar is bonded. The Reader components ground wires are then

connected to the ground bar clamps as shown in Figure 5-1.

Lightning arrestors should be installed on the interfaces where lightning induced surges can occur.

Note: The toll plaza installation may not have a NEMA 4 enclosure. The earth ground system and all

other ground connections to Reader components at the toll plaza are identical to those shown in the

figure below.

Figure 5-1: Earth Ground System (with recommended lightning protectors shown)

Lightning protectors

Note: It is the system integrator’s responsibility to determine the necessity of installing lightning/surge

protection equipment between the data inputs and the earth ground system at the Lane Controller (LC).

EIA 19 in.

rack

Ground bar and clamp(s) are bonded to building/site

elements (if available) as per IEEE 142-2007, otherwise

the ground bar and clamp(s) are bonded to a grounding

electrode installed as per NEC.

AC Mains

(to PSMs and

ESMs)

AWG 10

AWG 8

Reader

Chassis

ground strap braid wire

RF

feedline

Lightning Protectors

LC data

cables Sync

circuit

Reader enclosure

(NEMA 4)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 146 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 5-1: Locations for the Installation of Lightning Protectors

Location required

Schematic Figure number

In-line with antenna RF feed

Figure 5-1: Earth Ground System (with recommended lightning protectors

shown), page 145

PSM power

Figure 5-2 AC Mains, page 147

LC Data inputs

Figure 5-3: LC Data Cable Installation, page 148

ESM power

Figure 5-10: Schematic of a three-Reader IR network, page 165

Synchronization circuit

Figure 5-9: Synchronization circuit schematic for three Readers, page 159

Installing the Reader hardware

Prerequisites: The Reader cabinet is commissioned and the earth ground system has been installed

as per IEEE 142-2007 (see The earth ground system on page 144).

Install the AC receptacle for the Reader mains power connections within three (3) feet of the front of

the Reader.

Note: When handling Reader modules and hardware, always follow accepted Electrostatic Discharge

(ESD) practices and standards.

1. Using clip nuts, mount the Reader in the EIA 19-inch rack in a NEMA 4 cabinet.

2. Connect the EIA 19-inch rack ground lug to earth ground:

3. Connect one end of a braided ground strap to the ground lug on the EIA 19-inch rack.

4. Neatly position the ground strap along the Reader and apply a light film of tuner lube to the ground lug on

the rear of the Reader rack to ensure good grounding contact.

5. Secure the other end of the braided ground strap to the Reader ground lug.

CAUTION:

To avoid damaging the modules, ensure that alignment of both

the connector on the module and the connector on the DSM

(back plane) is correct before securely plugging the module into

the DSM.

6. Install the Reader modules in the Reader, ensuring the modules seat properly in their sockets. The

installation of the MRFM-S is outlined in Installing a Lane Kit on page 149.

7. Install the power cords for the primary and secondary PSMs. Appropriate lightning/surge protection

equipment should be installed between the power mains input and the earth ground system at the Reader

(see Figure 5-2 on page 147).

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 147 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 5-2 AC Mains

6 ft. power cord

PSM

primary

Reader enclosure

PSM

secondary

POWER

MAINS

6 ft. power cord

duplex receptacle

supplied by system

integrator

Power mains and

cable to Reader

enclosure supplied by

system integrator

lightning surge

suppressor supplied

by system integrator

Earth ground system as per

“NEC grounding electrode”

MPR2

Connect the appropriate cables from the Reader to the LC as shown in Figure 5-3 on page 148.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 148 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 5-3: LC Data Cable Installation

LC data cable installation – ETHERNET 1 port, patch cable to solid conductor

8P8C

(RJ45)

CTM LANE

CONTROLLER

Reader enclosure

lightning protector

CAT6 – 8 conductor, 24 AWG

LC data cable installation from LPM – RS422

DB9

LPM LANE

CONTROLLER

Reader enclosure

LC data cable installation from LPM – RS232

DB9

LPM LANE

CONTROLLER

Roadside Equipment LANE CONTROLLER

lightning protector

Maximum run limited by baud

rate, typically:

less than 50 feet at 9.6 Kb/s

Maximum run without a repeater

is limited by baud rate, typically:

less than 4000 ft at 19.2 Kb/s

less than 1700 ft at 115.2 Kb/s

Maximum run without a router,

hub or repeater is limited by

baud rate, typically:

less than 333 feet at 1 Gb/s

This consists of 300 ft of 24

AWG solid "horizontal" cabling

between the jacks at each end,

plus not more than 33 ft of 24

AWG stranded patch cable

between each jack and the

CTM.

*2 pair twisted

TOLL PLAZA

* 2 pair twisted cable specified in the EIA RS232C,

CCITT V.55 and RS422 interface standards:

 Conductor size and type: 24 AWG, twisted pair.

 Nominal capacitance: 15.5 picofarads per foot

(between conductors of each pair); 27.5 picofarads

per foot (from each conductor to shield).

 Nominal DC resistance (each conductor): 24.0

ohms per 1000 feet.

 Nominal DC resistance (shield): 2.35 ohms per

1000 feet.

 Shield type: Overall braided with drain wire.

 Approval: Underwriters Laboratories (UL).

lightning protector

LC data cable installation – ETHERNET 1 port, patch cable to fiber optic

8P8C

(RJ45)

CTM LANE

CONTROLLER

Reader enclosure

fiber optic system

supplied by system

integrator

CAT6 – 8 conductor, 24 AWG

stranded patch cable

plus fiber optic

(fiber optic length dependant on

type chosen, typically 5000 ft)

and not more than 33 ft of 24

AWG stranded patch cable

between the fiber optic coupler

and the CTM.

jack

patch patch

fiber optic

coupler fiber optic

coupler

Earth ground system

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 149 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Installing a Lane Kit

Installing an Antenna

1. The antenna mounts on a frame using 2-inch diameter galvanized pipe clamps. Position the center

antenna at lane center of the defined lane. For wide ORT applications, the straddle antenna must be at

the midpoint between the left and right antennas. Orient the weep holes down, such that the radome is

facing oncoming traffic.

2. Using a tilt meter, measure the road pitch and cross lane slope directly under each IAG antenna. Record

the results.

3. Using a tilt meter, align each antenna plate to the tilt angle specified in Table 5-2, in relation to the road

pitch measured in step 2 (e.g., If the road pitch is 2 degrees. and the antenna tilt must be 15 degrees,

mount the antenna at 17 degrees.)

4. Ensure that the height of the antenna’s lower edge as tilted falls within the height range given Table 5-2.

Please contact Kapsch Service when considering mounting the antennas outside the specified heights.

5. Adjust the roll angle of the antenna equal to 0 degrees with respect to the cross lane slope obtained in

step 2.

6. For TDM only protocol, the antenna installation may be all antennas (IAG 1 or IAG 2 or IAG 3) inline

across the roadway as shown in Figure 5-3

7. For TDM protocol, and/or ISO18000-6C protocol (read only) only, the antenna installation may be all

antennas IAG 3 only) inline across the roadway as shown in Figure 5-3.

8. For all passive protocols (other than ISO18000-6C read only) the antenna installation must be all

antennas (IAG 3 only) staggered across the roadway as shown in Figure 5-3.

Table 5-2 Antenna mounting for the IAG 3 antenna and lane configuration

Antenna

Application

Lane Width

Height

Tilt (off

horizontal)

IAG-3

ORT or Plaza

12 ft.

17 ft. ±1 ft.

10 deg.

IAG-1

ORT or Plaza

12 ft.

16 ft. ±1 ft.

10 deg.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 150 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 5-4 Inline Antenna Installation

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 151 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 5-5 Staggered Antenna Installation

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 152 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

The JANUS reader system and antennas in the lane kits are optimized for applications using 12 foot

lane widths. The antenna placement requirements and support for this and other lane widths are as

follows.

 The lane centerline is the mid-point between the lane markings.

 The antenna boresite should be on the lane centerline and lane markings.

 Physical lane widths below 12 ft are not an issue provided the separation between lane centers

is 12 ft or greater.

o If separations are below this there is a higher risk of reports from multiple lanes for the

same tag. Note the use of the voting algorithms will correctly assign the tag to the

correct lane). There may also be some reduction in the read performance for passive

protocols.

 If the physical lane width exceeds 15 ft, the lane should be treated as a multi-lane free flow

configuration and multiple lane kits used per lane.

Where multiple readers are on a site, the following additional guidelines apply:

 The readers must be synchronized and running the same configuration.

 The same FDM channel frequency should not be used on adjacent lanes (including straddle

and shoulder).

 The same active channel from two (2) synchronized readers should not be used on adjacent

lanes (including straddle and shoulder).

Installing the MRFM-S Modules

CAUTION:

To avoid damaging the modules, ensure that alignment of both

the connector on the module and the connector on the DSM

(back plane) is correct before securely plugging the module into

the DSM.

1. Insert the required number of MRFM-S Modules into the Reader and secure in place.

2. Label the front panel of each MRFM-S Module with the corresponding lane number and antenna type.

Installing the RF cables

CAUTION:

Excessive bending or kinking can damage the RF feedline cables. Do not

excessively bend or kink the RF feedline cables while fishing them through

the rigid conduit from the antenna to the Reader enclosure.

1. Place the RF feedline cable(s) in position. Use an appropriate cable type (coaxial or Heliax) to ensure the

RF feedline cable does not produce a signal loss greater than permitted, see section 8 RF Cable

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 153 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Specification. Use flexible cable (LMR400 preferred) for the short feedline cable between the circulator

and the antenna

2. Using tie wraps, create a service loop of 6 feet at both ends of the RF feedline cable(s). Trim the excess

cable length.

3. Install spiral wraps on the RF feedline cable(s) where necessary to protect it from abrasion.

4. Using marker tie wraps and label sets, label the Reader end of each RF feedline (ex. TX Lane 1 or RX

Lane 1), each antenna RF feedline (ex. Tx lane 1 or Rx lane 1).

5. Attach the N-Type male connector to the antenna end of the RF feedline cable(s) . Firmly crimp the

male connector.

For Mono-Static Operation only

(Not Currently Supported). See Figure 5-3

1. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect the RF feedline cable to the antenna. Using self-amalgamating

tape, wrap the connection to ensure water cannot enter.

2. Attach the N-Type female connector to the Reader end of the feedline cable . Firmly crimp the female

connector.

3. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect the RF feedline from the antenna to the RF adapter cable

(800125-001).

Note: A lightning protector should be installed between the RF adapter cable and the feedline cable.

For Bi-Static Operation Only.

See Figure 5-3

1. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect the first RF feedline cable to the Circulator (Port 1). Using self-

amalgamating tape, wrap the connection to ensure water cannot enter.

2. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect the second RF feedline cable to the Circulator (Port 3). Using

self- amalgamating tape, wrap the connection to ensure water cannot enter.

3. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect a third (3.0 foot long) RF feedline cable to the Circulator (Port 2).

Using self-amalgamating tape, wrap the connection to ensure water cannot enter.

4. Attach the N-Type male connector (322389-032) to the antenna end of the third (3.0 foot long) RF

feedline cable. Firmly crimp the male connector.

5. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect the other end of the third (3.0 foot long) RF feedline cable that is

connected to Port 2 of the Circulator, to the antenna. Using self-amalgamating tape, wrap the connection

to ensure water cannot enter.

6. Attach the N-Type female connector to the reader end of the first RF feedline cable. Firmly crimp the

female connector.

7. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect the other end of the first RF Feedline cable that is connected to

Port 1 of the Circulator, to the RF Adaptor Cable (800125-001), that will be connected to the “Antenna”

Port of the MRFMS.

8. Attach the N-Type female connector ) to the reader end of the second RF feedline cable. Firmly crimp

the female connector.

9. Using a 10in-lb torque wrench, connect the other end of the second RF Feedline cable that is connected

to Port 3 of the Circulator, to the RF Adaptor Cable (800125-001), that will be connected to the “RX” Port

of the MRFMS.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 154 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

10. Using an SMA wrench, connect each RF Adapter Cable(s) (800125-001) SMA connector to the assigned

MRFM-S module port(s).

11. Tie all RF Adapter cables neatly and label both ends of each adapter cable, using marker tie wraps from

the label set (800498-001).

12. Secure the service loop portion of the feedline to the antenna-mounting bracket using the tie wraps. Do

not severely bend or kink the RF feedline cable.

Note: For a TDM only protocol configuration (i.e., no passive protocols), the Circulator can be located in

the cabinet with the reader and one RF feedline cable is connected between port 2 of the Circulator and

the antenna. Ports 1 and 3 of the circulator are then connected to the RF modules using the RF Adaptor

Cables (800125-001); see Figure 5-3.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 155 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 5-6 RF Cable Installation Schematic Mono-Static Operation

Figure 5-7 RF Cable Installation Schematic Bi-Static Operation

Figure 5-8 RF Cable Installation Schematic Bi-Static TDM Only Operation

Performing Lane Tuning

Lane Tuning consist of selecting the frequencies to be used on the channels and setting the

attenuation for the channels to control the ERP of the reader. These are configured using the web

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 156 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

interface. It is recommended that Kapsch Operations Group perform lane tuning to properly configure

a site. If the integrator/operator wishes to perform the lane tuning, the following guidelines apply:

 The same FDM channel frequency should not be used on adjacent lanes (incl straddle and

shoulder).

 The same TDM channel from 2 synchronized readers should not be used on adjacent lanes (incl

straddle and shoulder).

 The TX attenuation should be adjusted to obtain capture zones nominally 8-12 ft along direction

of vehicle traffic.

Attention: When installing or replacing a MRFM-S, RF cables, circulator, or antenna, the lane must be

re-tuned.

The Synchronization circuit

Reader synchronization ensures antennas from different Readers do not attempt to communicate

simultaneously with the same on-board unit (OBU). The synchronization circuit connects SPMs

together in a star network. The CTM does the synchronization of the RF module interrogation.

Prerequisites: Sync hub terminal block mounted in a location central to the Readers. The exact

location of this terminal block should be marked on a site map to aid system maintenance.

 Readers arranged so that no Reader is farther than 1500 feet from the sync hub terminal block

 Readers arranged so that the total synchronization network cable length is no greater than 2000

feet

 No more than six (6) Readers in the synchronization circuit

Note: It is recommended that each synchronization cable have two or more spare conductors to

support future service repair calls.

Installing a synchronization circuit

1. Connect the Readers to the Sync hub terminal block as in Figure 5-9 on page 159.

Attention: Ensure that cables do not connect from the GND terminal on the SPM to the

Sync hub terminal block, as this can create a ground loop and affect synchronization

performance.

Note: Before you continue, you will need to gain access to the CTM web Interface through a computer or

service laptop connected to the Ethernet 1 port or the USB port of the Reader. See the following

procedures for more information.

The Power output of a module at ambient (Pout(amb)) shall be constrained using

internal or external TX attenuation so that the following is satisfied:

Pout(amb): Gfund <= 43.77 dBmd - Gfund;

Where Gfund is the net gain from antenna connector on the RF module to the

antenna radiated signal where the antenna gain is expressed in dBd.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 157 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

 Connecting a service laptop to the Reader on page 40

 Changing the service laptop IP address on page 40

 Testing the connection to the reader on page 40

 Accessing the CTM web interface on page 41

2. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

3. Select the Enable Reader Sync check box, if necessary.

Result: The following screen appears.

Note: Expanded Enable Reader Sync outlined in overlaid red box below.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 158 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. Press Enter to accept selection.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 159 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 5-9: Synchronization circuit schematic for three Readers

GND

SPM

Reader 1

GND

R-

R+

T+

T-

GND

R-

R+

T+

T-

GND

R-

R+

T+

T-

SPM

Reader 2

SPM

Reader 3

Sync hub terminal block

lightning

protector

Earth Ground

Shield

Synchronization between MPR2 Readers

All Readers in a synchronization circuit must be configured correctly for Synchronization to work. Also,

the number of frames per superframe must be equal between MPR2 Readers in the synchronization

circuit.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 160 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Configuring synchronization

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

Note: Reader synchronization also enabled remotely by the LC if the Remote LC Configuration is enabled.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Select the Enable Reader Sync check box, if necessary.

Result: The synchronization settings appear.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 161 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Select Sync to Every Superframe in the Superframe Sync Skip row.

4. Select No in the Add 2 Dummy Frames row.

5. Select JANUS from the drop-down box in the Type of Reader Synching To row.

6. Repeat these steps for all Readers in the Synchronization circuit.

7. When you are finished, press Enter to accept the selections.

Synchronization between JANUS® Readers and BADGER Readers

JANUS® and BADGER Readers in the same synchronization network can be configured as in step 1 in the

procedure Synchronization between MPR2 Readers. However, JANUS® and BADGER Readers can also have the

superframe configurations shown in Table 5-3 on page 164.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 162 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Configuring Synchronization

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

Note: Reader synchronization can also be enabled remotely by the LC if Remote LC Configuration is

enabled.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Select the Enable Reader Sync check box, if necessary.

Result: The synchronization settings appear.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 163 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. If the configuration is not already set, then set Superframe Sync Skip to Select Sync to Every

Superframe, set Add 2 Dummy Frames to No, set Type of Reader Syncing to to JANUS or BADGER,

as applicable.

4. Press Enter to accept the selections.

5. If the superframes for all Readers will be equal (4, 5, or 8 frames) go to Synchronization between MPR2

Readers and perform step 1.

6. If the superframes will be configured as shown in Table 5-3, configure the Superframe Sync Skip and

Add 2 Dummy Frames parameters in the General tab on the Configuration page as outlined in Table

5-3 on page 164.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 164 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 5-3: Synchronization Compatibility Matrix – JANUS® and BADGER

JANUS® Reader

superframe size

Superframe Sync

Skip

Add two

dummy

frames

BADGER

Reader

superframe size

Superframe

Sync Skip

Add two

dummy

frames

4 frames

sync to every

other superframe

No

8 frames

sync to every

superframe

No

8 frames

sync to every

superframe

No

4 frames

sync to every

other

superframe

No

5 frames

sync to every

other superframe

No

10 frames

sync to every

superframe

Yes (with 8

active or

offline RF

channels)

10 frames

sync to every

superframe

Yes (with 8

active or

offline RF

channels)

5 frames

sync to every

other

superframe

No

The Ethernet Network

These are general instructions for using Ethernet Switch Modules (ESMs) to create an Inter-Reader

(IR) Ethernet network or a Lane Controller (LC) Ethernet network.

Installing an Ethernet network

Prerequisites: ESMs mounted according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

1. Use CAT 6 Ethernet cables to connect the components in the Ethernet network together as shown in the

examples in Figure 5-10. Consult the ESM manufacturer’s instructions for more details.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 165 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Ethernet 2

Primary

Reader 1

Secondary

Ethernet 2

Primary

Reader 2

Secondary

Ethernet 2

Primary

Reader 3

Secondary

Ethernet 2

Lightning

protector

Earth ground

system

Secondary

ESM

4 port

Primary

ESM

4 port

Power mains

85-264 VAC

or 88-300 VDC

Figure 5-10: Schematic of a three-Reader IR network

Ethernet 1

Primary

Reader 1

Secondary

Ethernet 1

Primary

Reader 2

Secondary

Ethernet 1

Primary

Reader 3

Secondary

Ethernet 1

Lightning

protector

Earth ground

system

Secondary

ESM

4 port

Primary

ESM

4 port

Power mains

85-264 VAC

or 88-300 VDC

Lane

Controller

Primary

Ethernet

Port

Secondary

Ethernet

Port

Figure 5-11: Schematic of a three-Reader LC network

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 166 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Reader connections to the LC via the LPM serial ports

Each of the RF channels has an associated serial port on the LPM that connects to an LC.

Configuring reader connections

The following steps provide information on configuring the reader connections to the LC via the LPM

serial ports.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have

Advanced User permissions.

1. Determine your Reader’s communications protocol. It will be either RS-232 or RS-422.

2. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

3. Click the LC tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 167 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. In the Destination row, select the Serial check box for each RF channel that will communicate with the

LC via an LPM COM Port.

Example: The following screen shows an example of the assignments.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 168 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

5. From the Serial Port dropdowns, select an LPM port for each RF channel to use to communicate with the

LC. By default, RF Channel 1 communicates with the LC via LPM COM 1, RF Channel 2 communicates

with the LC via LPM COM 2 and so on up to RF Channel 8.

Note: More than one RF Channel can communicate via one LPM COM port, if necessary.

6. Click the Serial tab on the Configuration page.

Result: The following screen appears.

7. Ensure all the COM Ports selected in step 5 are enabled by selecting the corresponding Serial Port

State check box.

8. Select the Baud Rate, Data Bits, Parity, and Stop Bits to match the LC communication settings.

9. Press Enter to accept the configuration.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 169 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Refer to the Configuring the Reader to switch automatically over when an LC link is down procedure on page 232

to configure the Reader to switch over when the connection from the LPM to the LC is down.

IP addresses

Each ethernet port in an IR or LC network must have a unique IP address. The IP addresses should be

set as required for the site network topology. Default IP addresses are:

 Primary and secondary Ethernet 1 port: 192.168.1.50

 Primary side Ethernet 2 port: 192.168.0.50

 Secondary side Ethernet 2 port: 192.168.0.51

Setting the IP addresses

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

Note: A secure record of the IP addresses should be maintained to aid network troubleshooting. The primary

and secondary Ethernet 1 IP addresses will be required if requesting remote assistance from Kapsch Service.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 170 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Assign an IP address to the parameter Ethernet 1 (LC 1Gbps) IP Address so that the Primary CTM is

accessible on the LC network, if necessary.

3. Assign an IP address to the parameter Ethernet 2 (IRIF 100Mbps) IP Address so that the Primary CTM

is accessible on the IR network, if necessary.

4. Assign an IP address to the parameter Reader IP Address for both primary and secondary CTMs on a

given Reader so that the Reader is accessible on the IR network, if necessary. This IP address is the

same for both CTMs in a Reader.

5. Assign an IP address to the parameter USB Adapter IP Address if a USB adapter is being used to

connect a CTM USB port to an Ethernet network.

6. Assign the gateway IP address to the parameter Default Gateway IP so that the Reader can

communicate via a gateway device such as a router, if necessary.

7. Press Enter to accept all addresses.

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for the secondary CTM.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 171 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Configuring an LC Ethernet network

The Reader data can also be sent to the LC via an Ethernet network.

Prerequisites: The service laptop connects to the port and the CTM web accessed. . Refer to

Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have Advanced User

permissions.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Click the LC tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 172 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. In the Destination row, select the Ethernet check box for each RF channel that will communicate with

the LC via Ethernet.

4. Enter the LC IP address and Port number for each RF channel.

5. If all the RF channels will be communicating with the LC at the same IP address, enter the number of a

configured channel in the field beside the Duplicate button and then click Duplicate.

Result: All RF channels selected to communicate over Ethernet will now have the same destination LC

IP.

Note: When setting the LC Retry Timeout, consider the baud rate used to communicate with the LC and

the processing speed of the LC to avoid false failure reports.

6. Enter a time, in milliseconds, in the LC Ethernet TCP-Socket Timeout field.

7. Press Enter to accept your selections and inputs.

Note: If an LC does not respond within this time, the Reader will consider Ethernet communications to the

LC to be down and could trigger a switchover, depending on the redundancy settings.

Configuring the Ethernet 1 IP address via the Diagnostic Port

Contact Kapsch Service to set the ETHERNET 1 port IP address via the Diagnostic Port if the IP

address has been lost or cannot be determined.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 173 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Lane Assignment voting for ORT applications

ORT lanes allow OBUs to cross multiple capture zones. The Readers must assign an OBU to one RF

channel to prevent duplicate transactions.

Selecting the correct communication method

The communication method determines how Readers communicate with each other to share

information for determining lane assignments. This is important for situations similar to that shown in

Figure 5-12, where, to assign the OBU to a lane, Reader 1 and Reader 2 need to share handshaking

information.

Figure 5-12: Two Readers communicating with one OBU

Configuring Lane Voting over an Inter-Reader (IR) network

This procedure allows you to configure the Reader correctly to ensure accurate lane assignment and to

prevent duplicate reports.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have Advanced

User permissions.

Note: Badger-Style CRA: there is no physical link between the Readers, such as an IR Network.

Instead, the first Reader to contact an OBU programs the OBU; all other Readers that subsequently

contact the OBU will see that it was recently programmed and ignore the OBU.

Ethernet: An IR Ethernet network connects the Readers together and handshaking information is

shared between Readers. The Readers assign the OBU to one channel and all other transaction

reports from other Readers are suppressed.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

A5 A6

Reader 1

RF5 RF6

Reader 2

A4

RF4

A7

RF7

slot 4 slot 5 slot 1 slot 2

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 174 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Lane Assignment tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

3. Select Ethernet from the Communication Method drop-down box.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 175 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Result: The following screen appears.

Configure how multiple transactions are reported to the LC:

 To send one transaction report per OBU to the LC without informing the LC of suppressed reports, select

Disabled from the Cross-Reader Reporting drop-down box.

 To send all transaction reports for an OBU to the LC, select Report All from the Cross-Reader

Reporting drop-down box.

 To send on transaction report per OBU to the LC and also inform the LC of suppressed reports, select

Report Non-zero from the Cross-Reader Reporting drop-down box.

1. Configure the IR network by determining where the Reader sits in the IR network.

Example: Reader 1 in Figure 5-13 has a Reader on its right (Reader 2) but no Reader on the left. Reader

2 in Figure 5-13 has a Reader on its right (Reader 3) and a Reader on its left (Reader 1). Reader 3 in

Figure 5-13 does not have a Reader on its right but has one on its left (Reader 2).

Figure 5-13: Three readers covering one direction of wide lane ORT traffic

Note: The Reader IP address applies to the whole Reader and not individual Ethernet ports. You can

view the Reader IP address in the General tab of the Configuration page.

2. If there is a Reader on the left, select the Enable Left Reader check box.

3. Enter the Reader IP address of the left Reader.

lane 1

Reader 1

(left Reader)

A1

RF1

A2

RF2

A3

RF3

A4

RF4

A5

RF5

lane 2 lane 3

Reader 2

(center Reader)

A6

RF6

A7

RF7

A8

RF8

A9

RF9

lane 4 lane 5

Reader 3

(right Reader)

lane 6 lane 8lane 7

RF10

A10

RF11

A11

RF12

A12

RF13

A13

RF14

A14

RF15

A15

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 176 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. Press Enter or select a different tab.

5. If there is a Reader on the right, select the Enable Right Reader check box.

6. Enter the Reader IP address of the right Reader.

7. Press Enter or select a different tab.

8. TTO values for the grouped IDs must be the same across all readers.

9. A reader restart is required when the IR network configuration is complete

10. To set the Reader to switchover when an IR link is down, see the Configuring events that cause a

switchover procedure, page 231.

11. Configure Tag Programming (see OBU Programming on page 61) ensuring that:

 TMP and TCP are enabled

 The Plaza IDs of all Readers at the plaza match

 The Reader ID for each Reader is different

12. Configure the Reader clocks in the IR network to have the same time (see Using an NTP Server to

synchronize the clocks of Readers in an IR network, page 254).

Note: Multiple group IDs are not supported across multiple readers.

13. From the Channel tab on the Configuration page, ensure all channels covering one direction of traffic

have the same Group ID.

Configuring Badger-style Cross Reader Algorithm (CRA) communication

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 177 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Lane Assignment tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 178 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Select Badger-Style CRA from the Communication Method drop-down box.

Result: The following screen appears.

4. Configure how multiple transactions are reported to the LC:

 To send one transaction report per OBU to the LC without informing the LC of suppressed reports,

select Disabled from the Cross-Reader Reporting drop-down box.

 To send on transaction report per OBU to the LC and also inform the LC of suppressed reports,

select Report Non-zero from the Cross-Reader Reporting drop-down box.

5. Configure Tag Programming (see OBU Programming on page 61) ensuring that:

 TMP and TCP are enabled

 the Plaza IDs of all Readers at the plaza match

 the Reader ID for each Reader is different

Note: Multiple group IDs are not supported across multiple Readers.

6. From the Channel tab on the Configuration page, ensure all channels covering one direction of traffic

have the same Group ID.

Note: The transponder timeout, set in the Group tab on the Configuration page, must be greater than the

time difference between all Reader clocks in the network.

7. Manually set the Reader clocks to within 2 seconds of the same time (refer to the Manually setting the

Reader time and date procedure on page 255).

Selecting the Voting Algorithm

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

Majority : The OBU is assigned to the channel with the most handshakes.

Interpolated: The Reader determines which set of three adjacent channels has the highest

handshake count. The OBU is then assigned to the channel within this set with the most handshakes.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 179 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

1. Click the Lane Assignment tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 180 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Select either Majority or Interpolated from the drop-down box of the required protocol located in the

Lane Assignment Algorithm box.

Note: If Interpolated is selected from the drop-down box, channels with handshake counts that differ less

than the Handshake Equalization Ratio will be considered to have an equal handshake count since the

difference is not considered significant.

3. If Interpolated was selected in step 1, enter a percentage in the Handshake Equalization Ratio field.

4. Press Enter to accept the selections.

Configuring Voting Time

Manually setting a voting time gives a fixed voting time to each channel. Dynamic voting time allows

the Reader to calculate and base the voting time on the average capture zone span time (the time it

takes for an OBU to pass through a capture zone).

Manually set the voting time for a channel

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 181 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 182 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Select Disabled from the drop-down menu in the Dynamic Voting Control row .

4. Enter a voting time, in milliseconds, in the LPT/FME Voting Time field to set the voting time for LPT and

FME OBUs.

5. Enter a voting time, in milliseconds, in the Voting Time (all other tags) field to set the voting time for all

OBUs that are not LPT or FME.

6. If a voting time of 0 was entered in step 4 and step 5 and Dynamic Voting Control is disabled

(effectively disabling voting), click on the Group tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 183 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

7. Enter a time, in ms, in the Transponder Timeout field to set the maximum time that a Reader attempts

to program an OBU.

8. Repeat steps 4 through 7 to individually configure the other channels, or enter the number of a configured

channel in the field beside the Duplicate button on the Channel screen.

9. Click the Duplicate button to configure automatically the remaining channels.

Allowing the Reader to calculate the optimum voting time using Dynamic Voting Control

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 184 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 185 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Set the Dynamic Voting Control to Reader to allow the Reader to automatically set the voting time by

calculating the average capture zone span time.

3. Press Enter.

4. Enter a sample size in the Dynamic Voting Sample Size field. This is the number of previous

transactions the Reader includes when calculating the average capture zone span time.

Note: The Reader calculates the capture zone span time after each OBU transaction. The Reader will

not update the Dynamic Voting Time unless the capture zone span time changes more than the Dynamic

Voting Threshold percentage.

5. Enter a percentage in the Dynamic Voting Threshold field.

6. Press Enter or click outside the fields.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 186 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Configuring Channel Weight for straddle antennas

The handshake count of straddle channels (channels 2 and 4 in Figure 5-14) typically have less weight

assigned to them than non-straddle channels (channels 1, 3, and 5 in Figure 5-14).

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 187 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 188 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Enter a percentage in the Channel Weight field for each channel.

Example: A channel weight of 100% means the full handshake count is considered at voting time, while a

channel weight of 50% means only half the handshake count is considered at voting time.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 189 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 5-14: Three Wide ORT lanes with two straddle antennas

Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch 4 Ch 5

Wide ORT lanes

lane 1 lane 2 lane 3

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 190 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

6. TROUBLESHOOTING AND TESTING

Troubleshooting Methodology

Troubleshooting trees are provided for resolving the most common Reader issues. A Test and

Replace methodology is used for servicing the Reader system. The general steps are:

1. Test all symptoms that may have attributed to the reported system fault. Use the following suggestions to

reveal faults:

 Examine the Reader status on the Reader browser STATUS page (see Reader status,

page 46).

 Examine the RF channel statistics (page 53).

 Examine the trouble log files for any reported issues with the Reader (page 141).

 Observe the status LEDs on the Reader front panel (see LED Status, page 192).

Replace a suspected faulty component.

Continue with symptom testing and component replacement until there are no fault symptoms.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 191 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Reader components in sync signal generation

path. After sync signal detection by the CTM, the

shaded components are in the sync usage path.

CTM LANE

CONTROLLER

HOST

COMPUTER

Signal Flow Diagram:

Tag Transaction in one dedicated lane

MRFMSANTENNATAG DSM DSM LPM

Reader components in transaction signal path.

CTM

Signal Flow Diagram:

Tag Transaction in ORT

MRFMS ANTENNA

TAG

DSM LPM

Reader components in

transaction signal path.

MRFMS

ANTENNA

CTM

Signal Flow Diagram:

Synchronization

MRFMS DSM DSM

SPM STAR SYNC HUB

(TERMINAL

BLOCK)

READER 2

READER 3

READER 4

INTERNET LAN

LANE

CONTROLLER

HOST

COMPUTER

INTERNET LAN

CFM

DSM

CFM

INTER-READER NETWORK

(if voting on lane assignment)

Figure 6-1: Signal Flow Diagrams

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 192 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

LED Statuses

The following table gives an overview of all the LEDs on the Reader. See the Troubleshooting Trees

beginning on page 194 to resolve any issues.

Table 6-1: CTM LED states explained

CTM LEDs

LED

State

Meaning

CGC

solid green

CGC is functional

solid red

CGC has failed

MC

solid green

MC is functional

solid red

MC has failed

SYNC

solid green

Reader is synchronized

flashing red

Reader out of sync, or,

No activity on the Rx port on the terminal block of the

SPM (R+ and R- on the connector).

another Reader in sync network is stuck in the busy

state

flashing green/orange

Reader is out of sync and attempting recovery

off

Synchronization is disabled

ACTIVE

solid green

the CTM is active and in control. This indicates if the

primary or secondary side is active.

solid red

the CTM is not active

POWER

solid green

CTM is receiving power from PSM

off

CTM is not receiving power from PSM, or,

CTM reset switch is OFF

ACTIVITY

(Ethernet 1)

flashing green

data is being transmitted via the Ethernet 1 port

off

data is not being transmitted via the Ethernet 1 port

ACTIVITY

(Ethernet 2)

flashing green

data is being transmitted via the Ethernet 2 port

off

data is not being transmitted via the Ethernet 2 port

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 193 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Table 6-2: PSM LED states explained

PSM LED

LED

State

Meaning

+15 STATUS

solid green

PSM is supplying +15VDC via DSM

off

PSM is not supplying +15VDC

+5 STATUS

solid green

PSM is supplying +5VDC via DSM

off

PSM is not supplying +5VDC

Table 6-3: MRFM-S LED states explained

MRFM-S LED

LED

State

Meaning

DATA

solid green

MRFM-S is functional

off

MRFM-S is not enabled

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 194 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: LC Ethernet 1 Port communications not working

START

Symptom:

Status page shows LC

Ethernet link is Down

Test the CTM ETHERNET

1 port

LC Ethernet link

status Enabled?

Contact Kapsch Service for

assistance

Replace the CTM

LC Ethernet link

status Enabled?

Verify ESM tests OK.

Verify Ethernet cable connections

between the reader, Ethernet switch (if

present), and Lane Controller pass a

continuity test for open, high

impedance, and short circuit conditions.

Verify LC Ethernet communication is

configured correctly.

LC Ethernet

link is

functional

LC Ethernet

link is

functional

No

Yes

No

Yes

LC Ethernet link

status Enabled?

LC Ethernet

link is

functional

No

Yes

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 195 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: Ethernet 2 Port communications not working

START

Symptom:

Status page shows Inter-

Reader Ethernet link is

Down

IR Ethernet link

status is Enabled?

IR Ethernet link

is functional

Test the CTM

Ethernet 2 port

IR Ethernet link

status is Enabled?

Contact Kapsch Service

for assistance

Yes

No

Replace the CTM

IR Ethernet link

status is Enabled?

Verify Ethernet switch (if present)

tests OK.

Verify Ethernet cable connections

between the reader, Ethernet switch

(if present), and other IR network

Readers pass a continuity test for

open, high impedance, and short

circuit conditions.

Verify IR network is configured

correctly.

Yes

No

Yes

No

IR Ethernet link

is functional

IR Ethernet link is

functional

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 196 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: LPM Serial Port communications not working

Start

Symptom:

Status page shows LC Serial Link is down

Verify serial cable connections from

the reader to the Lane Controller

pass a continuity test for open

circuit, high impedance, or short

circuit conditions.

Verify LC serial communication

settings are configured correctly

LC Serial link

status displays

Enabled?

LC Serial link is

functional

Test the LPM

board serial COM

port(s)

LC Serial link is

functional

Replace the CTM

LC Serial link is

functional

Replace the LPM

LC Serial link is

functional

Contact Kapsch Service for

assistance

LC Serial link

status displays

Enabled?

LC Serial link

status displays

Enabled?

LC Serial link

status displays

Enabled?

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 197 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: MRFM-S not working

START

Symptom:

MRFM-S LED is OFF

MRFM-S

DATA LED

OFF?

Contact Kapsch Service for

assistance

Replace the MRFM-S

CTM ACTIVE

LED ON?

MRFM-S

DATA LED solid

green?

Verify antenna is

undamaged.

Verify all cable connections

from antenna to RF

module.

Verify RF channels are set

to Active.

Perform Sync

Troubleshooting

No

YesNo

Yes

No

Replace the CTM

Yes

No

MRFM-S is

functional

MRFM-S DATA

LED solid green?

MRFM-S is

functional

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 198 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: Synchronization not working

START

Symptom A:

Sync Indicator is off or flashing

red

Is Sync disabled?

Enable Sync from the Reader

browser interface

Is SYNC LED

solid green?

Test the SPM and CTM

replace as required

Is SYNC LED

solid green?

Sync is

functional

Are any “reader

SYNC lost” messages in

recent trouble<date> log

file?

Reader is

attempting Sync

Recovery

Contact Kapsch Service

for assistance

No

Yes

No

Test wiring to sync hub,

repair as required

Is SYNC LED

solid green?

START

Symptom B:

Sync Indicator is flashing

intermittently GREEN and

ORANGE

Sync is

functional

Sync is

functional

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Verify channels

config. on both

CTMs match

Are CTMs sync’d

No

Yes

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 199 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Constant busy state on sync bus

A Reader that erroneously holds the sync bus in a BUSY state causes all other Readers connected to

the bus to time-out while waiting for the READY state. As a result, all of their CTM SYNC LEDs will be

flashing red. Disconnect each Reader one at a time from the sync hub until the fault clears then

reconnect each Reader in the order of removal until the fault reappears. Service each faulty Reader.

Sync board Failure Indicator for incomplete cable connections

The CTM SYNC LED will flash steadily red if there is no activity on the Rx port on the terminal block of

the SPM (R+ and R- on the connector). If both transmit and receive connections are cut off from the

sync hub the indicator will flash red. If only the transmit connection is disconnected and there are other

Readers in the synchronization network, the CTM SYNC LED stays green.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 200 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: Reader does not automatically switch back to Primary

side after fault recovery

START

Symptom:

Reader stays in Secondary side without

auto recovering to Primary side

All Primary STATUS

LEDs solid green?

Contact Kapsch Service

for assistance

Yes

No

Replace Primary

CTM

All Primary STATUS

LEDs solid green?

Reboot Primary CTM

All Primary STATUS

LEDs solid green?

Verify Primary PMS +5 and +15 LEDs

are solid green.

Verify correct configuration file is

loaded.

Verify Auto Recovery to Prime is

enabled.

Verify SPM mode switch is set to Auto

Yes

No

Yes

No

Primary side

is active

Primary side

is active

Primary side

is active

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 201 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Troubleshooting tree: Simultaneous faults on Primary and Secondary CTMs

Simultaneous

faults resolved

START Symptom:

Both CTM MC and/or CGC2 LEDs are solid red

Switchover on Serial

Link down Enabled?

Simultaneous

faults resolved

Contact Kapsch

Service for

assistance

Yes

No

Check if the Lane Controller Ethernet Links are Down on

the Status page. If the LC Ethernet links are down,

check the LC Ethernet server, connections and cables to

primary and secondary sides of the Reader.

Switchover on Ethernet

LC link down enabled?

Check if the Lane Controller Serial Links are Down on

the Status page. Check that the serial connections to the

LC are good for both Primary and Secondary LPMs.

Both MC and/or CGC2

LEDs solid red

Simultaneous

faults resolved

Both MC and/or CGC2

LEDs solid red

Switchover on

Inter-Reader Ethernet Link

down Enabled?

Check if the Inter-Reader Ethernet Links are Down on the Status

page. If the Inter-Reader links are down, check the IR Ethernet

cables attached to the front panel, as well as the configuration of the

adjacent reader (i.e., confirm it is enabled for Inter-Reader and the

configuration is correct).

Both MC and/or CGC2

LEDs solid red

Was a lightning

strike possible at the time

the fault first

occurred?

Yes No

Ensure that the Reader rack is grounded properly.

Check, and replace if necessary, all lightning /surge

protectors.

If simultaneous faults persist, replace Primary CTM. If

Primary CTM recovers, replace Secondary CTM.

Both MC and/or CGC2

LEDs solid red Simultaneous

faults resolved

Yes No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 202 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Identifying failures on the primary and/or secondary side

Primary and/or Secondary side failure is indicated by any of the following conditions:

 Ethernet LC link down, as indicated on the Reader browser Status page.

 Ethernet IR network link down, as indicated on the Reader browser Status page.

 Primary CTM MC or CGC LEDs are red

 Serial LC link down, as indicated on the Reader browser STATUS page

Primary side failure is indicated by any of the following conditions

 SPM switch is in PRIMARY position: primary CTM ACTIVE LED is red

 SPM switch is in AUTO position: primary CTM ACTIVE LED is red

Secondary side failure is indicated by any of the following conditions:

 SPM switch in any position: secondary MC or CGC LEDs are red

 SPM switch is in SECONDARY position: secondary CTM ACTIVE LED is red

 SPM switch is in AUTO position: primary CTM ACTIVE LED is red and secondary CTM ACTIVE

LED is red.

Events that cause an automatic switchover

Table 6-4 outlines the situations that can cause an automatic switchover and what settings need to be

configured for the trigger to be enabled.

Table 6-4: Switchover triggers

Event

Cause

Enabling

Failed CGC Health

The Reader continuously monitors the CGC

health and forces a switchover if health fails.

Automatic

Failed Serial Lane

Controller Link

The Reader forces a switchover when an

enabled serial link from the LPM to the LC

has been interrupted. Usually a downed link

is due to external conditions.

Only the lack of OBU transactions in outgoing

messages to the LC allows a downed link to

be detected. To detect serial cable issues in

the absence of OBU transactions, the

operator must enable Heartbeat messages

Must enable Switchover on

Serial Link Down from

General tab on

Configuration page

Must set LC Retry Timeout

from Serial tab on

Configuration page

Set Heartbeat messages from

LC tab on Configuration

page

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 203 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Event

Cause

Enabling

Failed Ethernet

Lane Controller Link

The Reader forces a switchover when an

enabled Ethernet link has failed. Usually a

downed link is due to external conditions.

A downed link is detected regardless of

whether OBU transactions are being

generated or not.

Must enable Switchover on

Ethernet LC Link Down from

General tab on

Configuration page

User must set LC Ethernet

TCP-Socket Timeout from LC

tab on the Configuration

page

Failed Inter-Reader

Ethernet Link

The Reader continuously checks the link

status of the IR network and forces a

switchover if it fails.

User must set IRIF Timeout

from Lane Assignment tab

on Configuration page

Reader Software

Update

During activation of a different firmware

version, the Reader switches automatically to

the redundant side if the redundant side is

running and has no switchover conditions

present. If the redundant side is not

functioning, the Reader warns the operator of

potential revenue loss and allows the

operator to either continue or abort the

update.

Automatic

Lane Controller

Reboot

The lane controller protocol allows it to send

a reboot request to the Reader. The Reader

switches to the redundant side if the

redundant side is running and has no

switchover conditions present. If the

redundant side is not functioning, the reboot

is ignored.

User must enable Remote LC

Configuration from LC tab

on Configuration page

Web Interface

Reboot

The web interface provides a reboot button.

The Reader switches automatically to the

redundant side if the redundant side is

running and has no switchover conditions

present. If the redundant side is not

functioning, the Reader warns the operator of

potential revenue loss and allows the

operator to either continue or abort the

reboot.

Automatic

Reboot using CTM

ON/OFF switch

When the CTM ON/OFF switch is manually

switched from ON to OFF, the Reader will

automatically switch over

Automatic when the switch on

the CTM is manually set to

OFF

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 204 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Event

Cause

Enabling

Test Tag failure

When the number of RF channels with failed

test tag reaches the set threshold, the

Reader will switch over to the redundant side

if the redundant side is running and has no

switchover conditions present. If the

redundant side is not functioning, the test tag

failure is ignored.

User must enable Test Tag

State for each RF channel

from the Test Tag tab on the

Configuration page

Reader recovery actions

For certain failures, the Reader will automatically initiate the recovery actions outlined in Table 6-5.

Table 6-5: Failures and the Reader Recovery Actions they trigger

Failure

Reader Recovery Action

CGC Health failure

reinitializes CGC on failed side

Serial LC link down

re-attempts connection on failed side once every

second

Ethernet LC link down

re-attempts connection on failed side once every

second or up to 10 seconds based on load

Inter-Reader Ethernet link down

switches to Badger style CRA on failed side to re-

attempt connection

Viewing MRFM fault codes

The MRFM-S sends binary fault codes from its LC COM port as part of a heartbeat message every 5 seconds.

These fault codes are Byte 4 and 3 of the heartbeat message and can be viewed on a computer connected to

the reader LC COM port.

Prerequisites: A computer equipped with RealTerm (or equivalent).

1. Connect the computer to the MRFM LC COM port using RealTerm (see Using RealTerm to connect to the

MRFM, page 261). Data from the MRFM will be visible in the RealTerm window.

2. If several messages appear in the RealTerm program, identify the heartbeat message by identifying Byte 9.

The value of Byte 9 is always 10111011.

3. Note the values of Byte 4 and Byte 3. Check Table 6-6 to determine if there is an MRFM fault.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 205 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 6-2: Typical MRFM Heartbeat message

Table 6-6: MRFM fault codes

Testing the CTM Ethernet 1 port

This test verifies that a CTM Ethernet 1 port is working properly.

Prerequisites: A service laptop.

1. Connect a service laptop directly to CTM Ethernet 1 port being tested (see Connecting a service laptop to

the Reader, page 40).

Ensure that you can access the CTM web interface with the service laptop (see Accessing the CTM

web interface, page 41). This confirms the Ethernet port is functional.

Testing an LPM COM port

This test verifies that an LPM port is working properly and requires a simple loop-back connector.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have Advanced User

permissions.

Note: All OBU transactions on this port are buffered while the LC is disconnected from the LPM ports to

perform the test.

1. Disconnect the serial cable from the LPM COM port being tested.

Note: The LPM is either RS-232 or RS-422. The loop-back test will only work if the appropriate loop-back

connector is used.

Byte number

Value

Meaning

Byte 4

10000000

normal lane operation

Byte 4

10000001

lane hardware fault

Byte 3

00000000

normal lane operation

Byte 3

00000001

no activity on backplane control lines

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 206 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Connect the appropriate loop-back connector to the COM port. In the RS-232 loop-back connector, the Tx

and Rx signals are connected. In the RS-422 loop-back connector, the Tx+ and Rx+ signals are

connected and the Tx- and Rx- signals are connected. The LPM RS-232 pin outs are shown on page

268; the LPM RS-422 pin outs are shown on page 269.

3. Select the Diagnostics link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

4. Select the Serial port loop-back test link.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 207 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

5. Select the LPM COM port from the Test Enable/Disable drop-down box.

6. Click the Perform Test(s) button.

Result: The test result displays.

7. If the test passes, the LPM COM port is functional.

8. If the test fails, ensure the correct loop-back connector was used, then, replace the CTM and repeat steps

4 and 6.

9. If the test fails again, replace the LPM.

Testing the Synchronization Circuit

This first part of this test checks the functionality of one Reader’s SPM. The second part of this test

checks the Synchronization wiring from one Reader’s SPM to the synchronization circuit terminal block

Prerequisites:

 At least one RF module installed in the Reader

 Both Primary and Secondary CTMs are configured the same

 Synchronization enabled

Testing the SPM and CTM

1. Disconnect the Synchronization circuit wiring from the SPM terminal block

2. Using two short jumper wires connect Tx+ to Rx+ and Tx- to Rx- on the SPM terminal block, leaving the GND

terminals unconnected (see SPM terminal block connections, page 267).

3. If the SYNC LED on both CTM’s illuminates solid green, the SPM and CTM’s are functioning properly.

4. Reconnect the synchronization circuit to the SPM terminal block.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 208 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Testing the Synchronization hub cabling

1. If the SYNC LED on the CTM does not illuminate solid green with a functional SPM and CTM connected to the

Synchronization circuit, the problem is with the wiring between the SPM and the synchronization hub terminal

block.

Testing the MRFM-S slots

The following test is to verify that all MRFM-S slots in the upper portion of the Reader rack are

functional.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to to access the CTM web interface. Refer to Connecting a

service laptop to the Reader, page 40. One functional MRFM-S is installed in the RF slot 1 of the

Reader rack.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 209 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Set Ch# (where the RF module is installed) to active and press Enter.

3. Ensure that the DATA LED on the RF module illuminates solid green.

4. From the Channel tab on the Configuration page, select Offline from the RF State drop-down box.

5. Press Enter.

6. Ensure that the DATA LED on the RF module is off.

7. Move the RF module to the next slot and repeat steps 1 and 6.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 210 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

7. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

WARNING:

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION TOOL

TO REMOVE A MODULE.

CAUTION:

Improper modification of configuration parameters may adversely

affect system operation. The default values may not be appropriate for

the specific application. It is the system integrator’s responsibility to

tailor the configuration parameters to the specific operating

environment.

CAUTION: Redundant Reader

Both CTMs in a redundant Reader must be properly configured. Each

CTM has its own browser interface and is configured independently.

Ensure any configuration changes made to one CTM are applied to the

other CTM, as required.

Corrective maintenance procedures

Note: When removing or installing ESD sensitive equipment always follow the accepted practices for ESD

protection.

The inspect, clean and system re-test methodology is used for all system maintenance. This type of

maintenance consists of the following general steps.

1. Inspect all Reader sub-system components and connections.

 Inspect the PSM fuses; they should not appear darkened or burned.

 Make sure that all plug-in components are properly seated in their mating connectors.

Determine if the components and/or connections require cleaning. To clean component assemblies,

use a portable vacuum cleaning tool with a non-conductive tip/brush. To clean component connector

contacts, use a contact cleaner spray that does not contain a trichloroethylene based solvent or a

Freon® based propellant.

Attention: Pre-authorized lane closure is required if the MRFM-S modules need to be cleaned.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 211 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

If cleaning is required:

2. Activate the side of the Reader not being cleaned (see Manually switching a Reader to the redundant

side page 40).

3. Power down the side of the Reader to be cleaned.

4. Clean the components and connections and then Power up and activate this Reader side.

5. Power down the remaining Reader side.

6. Clean the components and connections then Power up and activate, if necessary, this Reader side.

7. Test all system functions (see Troubleshooting and Testing, page 190).

Preventive maintenance procedures and scheduling

Attention: Only Kapsch Service-trained service maintenance personnel are to perform

these tasks.

Once a year:

1. Perform RF measurements to verify the cables and MRFM-S. It is recommended a commercial off-the

shelf instrument is used which supports Cable Analyzer Testing, to show faults inside cables, and Voltage

Network Analysis, to verify connection integrity and end to end connectivity and gain.

2. Verify module output power and power at antenna using a commercial off-the shelf spectrum analyzer.

With power off:

1. Inspect and clean the Reader cabinet as needed, depending on the site environmental conditions, such

as contamination by dust. As a minimum, inspect and clean the cabinet interior and components once per

year.

2. Inspect the antenna waterproofing and ensure that any seal is secure.

3. Inspect the antenna weep hole. Remove any dust, dirt or other obstructions.

4. Check ground connectivity for exterior ground connection to reader system ground

Attention: Pre-authorized lane closure is required before continuing with this procedure.

Note: For each channel, go into the web interface and disable the channel to be tested.

1. Disconnect and inspect in-line lightning suppressor.

2. Disconnect and inspect the exterior RF feedline cable and connectors exposed to the elements.

3. If corrosion is visible, replace the corroded connector and, if necessary, cut out the entire corroded

portion of the feedline cable. The antenna may require replacement if the mating female connector is

corroded.

4. When reconnecting connectors after inspection is complete, discard and replace self-amalgamating tape.

Every 4.5 years:

Note: The CMOS battery is not field-replaceable.

1. Replace the CTM CMOS battery.

Note: If a Kapsch TrafficCom maintenance agreement is in place, the CTM needing a new battery can

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 212 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

be replaced by a spare CTM. The CTM is then sent to Kapsch Service to have its battery replaced.

MRFM-S replacement

The Reader does not need to be shut down to replace an MRFM-S.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

WARNING:

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION TOOL

TO REMOVE A MODULE.

WARNING:

THE MRFM-S MAY BECOME HOT UNDER NORMAL OPERATING

CONDITIONS. ENSURE THE MRFM-S HAS COOLED DOWN OR WEAR

GLOVES WHEN HANDLING THE MRFM-S.

Removing an MRFM-S

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 213 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 214 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. From the Channel tab on the Configuration page, set the RF State of the active MRFM-S to Offline.

3. Press Enter or select a different tab.

4. Disconnect the RF cable(s) from the MRFM-S appropriate port.

5. Loosen the screws securing the MRFM-S module to the Reader rack, and then remove the MRFM-S from

the Reader.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 215 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Installing an MRFM-S

CAUTION:

To avoid damaging the modules, ensure that the connector on the

module is properly aligned with the connector on the DSM back plane

before the module is securely plugged into the DSM.

1. Insert the MRFM-S module into the Reader. Tighten the screws to secure the MRFM-S to the Reader

rack.

2. Connect the RF cable(s) to the MRFM-S appropriate port and tighten with a proper torque wrench.

3. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

4. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 216 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

5. Set the RF State of the Offline MRFM-S channels back to Active.

6. Press Enter or select a different tab.

7. Verify the DATA LED illuminates solid green.

Note: If the DATA LED does not illuminate solid green, see Troubleshooting tree: MRFM-S not working,

page 197.

8. Verify module output power and power at antenna using a commercial off-the shelf spectrum analyzer

9. Ensure the RF channel is capturing OBU data (see Troubleshooting tree: MRFM-S not working page

197).

Antenna replacement

Note: The Reader does not need shutting down to replace an antenna.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 217 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

Removing an antenna

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 218 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Set the RF State of the MRFM-S connected to the antenna to Offline.

4. Press Enter or select a different tab.

5. Remove the antenna.

Installing an antenna

1. Install the antenna (see Installing an Antenna, page 149).

2. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 219 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 220 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. Set the Offline MRFM-S RF State back to Active.

5. Press Enter.

6. Verify the DATA LED illuminates solid green.

7. Verify module output powers and power at antenna using a commercial off-the shelf spectrum analyzer .

8. Ensure the MRFM-S is capturing OBU data (see Monitoring OBU transactions as they occur via the

Diagnostics page, page 58).

RF cable or connector replacement

Note: The Reader does not need shutting down to replace an RF cable or connector.

Prerequisites: Connect the service laptop to the Reader configuration port to access the CTM web

interface.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 221 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Removing RF cable/connector

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 222 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Set the RF State of the MRFM-S whose cable or connector is being replaced to Offline.

4. Press Enter.

5. Remove the RF cables or connectors.

Installing an RF cable/connector

Prerequisites: Self-amalgamating tape for connections. Connect the service laptop to the Reader

configuration port to access the CTM web interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the

Reader, page 40.

1. Install the RF cables or connectors.

2. Apply new self-amalgamating tape to the connections.

3. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 223 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. Click the Channel tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 224 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

5. Set the Offline MRFM-S RF State back to Active.

6. Press Enter.

7. Verify that the DATA LED illuminates solid green.

8. Verify module output powers and power at antenna using a commercial off-the shelf spectrum analyzer.

9. Ensure the MRFM-S is capturing OBU data (see Monitoring OBU transactions as they occur via the

Diagnostics page, page 58).

CTM replacement

WARNING:

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION

TOOL TO REMOVE A MODULE.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 225 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

CAUTION:

Removing a powered CTM from the Reader rack can damage the

CTM. Before removing a CTM from the Reader, ensure that power

on the affected side of the Reader is turned off, i.e. the power

switch on the PSM is in the off position, or the PSM AC input

power cord is disconnected.

Removing a CTM

1. Switch the Reader over to the side with the CTM that is not being replaced (see Manually switching a

Reader to the redundant side, page 40).

2. Set the PSM powering the CTM being replaced to the off position.

3. Label and then disconnect any communication cables connected to the CTM.

4. Remove the faulty CTM from the Reader rack.

Installing a CTM

CAUTION:

To avoid damaging the modules, ensure that the connector on the

module is properly aligned with the connector on the DSM back

plane before the module is securely plugged into the DSM.

1. Install a new CTM in the Reader Rack.

2. Reconnect the communication cables to the CTM.

3. Set the PSM and CTM to the on position.

4. Switch the Reader to the new CTM side (see Manually switching a Reader to the redundant side, page

40).

5. If the CTM is in an IR network, reboot the CTM (see Rebooting the CTM, page 230).

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 226 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

SPM replacement

WARNING:

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION

TOOL TO REMOVE A MODULE.

Removing an SPM

1. Without disconnecting any of the sync wiring from the SPM terminal block, disconnect the SPM terminal

block from the SPM.

2. Remove the SPM from the Reader rack.

Installing an SPM

CAUTION:

To avoid damaging the modules, ensure that the connector on the

module is properly aligned with the connector on the DSM back

plane before the module is securely plugged into the DSM.

1. Install a new SPM in the Reader Rack.

2. Reconnect the SPM terminal block.

3. Test the SPM (see Testing the Synchronization Circuit, page 207).

LPM replacement

WARNING:

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION

TOOL TO REMOVE A MODULE.

Removing an LPM

1. Switch the Reader over to the side with the LPM that is not being replaced (see Manually switching a

Reader to the redundant side, page 40).

2. Remove the faulty LPM from the Reader rack.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 227 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Installing an LPM

1. Install a new LPM in the Reader rack.

2. Switch the Reader back over to the new LPM side (see Manually switching a Reader to the redundant

side, page 40).

3. Test all the LPM COM ports (see Testing an LPM COM port, page 207).

PSM replacement

WARNING:

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION

TOOL TO REMOVE A MODULE.

WARNING:

THE PSM MAY BECOME HOT UNDER NORMAL OPERATING

CONDITIONS. ENSURE THE PSM HAS COOLED DOWN OR WEAR

GLOVES WHEN HANDLING THE PSM.

WARNING:

EXPOSED HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT IN THE PSM. ENSURE THAT

THE POWER SWITCH IS SET TO THE OFF POSITION AND THAT THE

AC INPUT POWER CORD IS DISCONNECTED BEFORE REMOVING

THE PSM.

Removing a PSM

1. Switch the Reader over to the side with the PSM that is not being replaced (see Manually switching a

Reader to the redundant side, page 40).

2. Set the PSM power switch to the off position.

3. Remove the faulty PSM from the Reader rack.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 228 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Installing a PSM

CAUTION:

To avoid damaging the modules, ensure that the connector on the

module properly aligns with the connector on the DSM back plane

before the module is securely plugged into the DSM.

1. Install a new PSM in the Reader Rack.

2. Set the power switch of the new PSM to the on position.

3. Ensure that the new PSM +5 and +15 LEDs illuminate solid green.

4. Switch the Reader back over to the new PSM side (see Manually switching a Reader to the redundant

side, page 39).

CFM replacement

WARNING:

THE MODULES MAY HAVE SHARP EDGES. HANDLE THE MODULES

CAREFULLY. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, USE A MODULE EXTRACTION

TOOL TO REMOVE A MODULE.

Removing a CFM

1. If possible, save the configuration file of the CFM being replaced (see Saving the Reader configuration,

page 243).

2. Remove the CTM on the side of the faulty CFM (see CTM, page 224).

3. While pushing on plastic clips, pull CFM straight out from DSM.

Installing a CFM

1. Push CFM straight into connector on DSM until an audible click is heard.

2. Install the CTM removed in step 2 (see CTM, page 224).

3. Load the configuration file saved in step 1 to the new CFM (see Uploading a saved configuration, page

246), or locate and upload the latest saved Reader configuration.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 229 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Replacing a PSM fuse

WARNING:

INSTALLING A FUSE OF THE WRONG TYPE OR RATING MAY CAUSE

A FIRE. INSTALL A TIME LAG FUSE RATED FOR 10A.

1. Set the PSM power switch to the off position.

2. Disconnect the AC power cord.

3. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver, rotate the fuse holder counter-clockwise 180 degrees. Slide out the fuse

holder as shown in Figure 7-1.

Figure 7-1: PSM fuse and fuse holder

4. Rotate the fuse holder clockwise to allow the old fuse to fall free of the fuse holder.

5. Place the new fuse in the fuse holder then slide the fuse holder into the PSM.

6. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver, rotate the fuse holder 180 degrees to secure the fuse holder in the PSM.

PSM

fuse holder

fuse

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 230 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Rebooting the CTM

This procedure outlines two ways of rebooting the CTM; using the ON/OFF switch on the CTM, and

using the Reboot button from the CTM web interface.

Prerequisites: To reboot from the browser interface, you must have Software Management

permissions.

Rebooting using CTM ON/OFF switch

1. Set the CTM ON/OFF switch to OFF.

2. After five seconds, set the CTM ON/OFF switch back to ON. The CTM POWER LEDs immediately

illuminate solid green. After 90 – 120 sec., the CTM STATUS LEDs illuminate their normal state (see LED

Status, page 192).

Rebooting from the browser interface

1. Login to the CTM web Interface.

Result: The following Main Page appears.

2. Select the Manage Software link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 231 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Click the Reboot button

Configuring events that cause a switchover

Redundant Readers need to be configured in order to:

 Determine whether the Reader switches over when there is a failure

 Determine what failures cause a switchover

 Determine if the Reader switches back to the primary side once a failure has cleared.

Prerequisites: The primary and secondary sides are both powered up. You must have Advanced

User permissions to configure redundancy settings in the browser interface.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 232 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Manually select the active side and disable switchover

CAUTION:

If the primary or secondary side is forced active via the SPM redundancy

mode switch and that side fails, the Reader will not switch to the other

side and data could be lost.

1. Set the toggle switch on the SPM to the side to stay active, either SECONDARY or PRIMARY.

Result: This side is now active and no switchover will occur unlessa failure occurs.

Letting the Reader automatically choose the active side

1. Set the SPM toggle switch to AUTO.

Result: The primary side is now active by default, until a primary failure occurs.

Enabling the Reader to recover automatically to the primary side

1. Select the Auto Recovery to Prime check box then click the Update General Configuration button.

Result: The Reader will now automatically switch back to the primary side once a primary failure has

cleared.

Configuring the Reader to switch automatically over when an LC link is down

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 233 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the LC tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 234 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Ensure that LC communications is configured, that is, the appropriate Ethernet and Serial selections are

made in the Destinations field.

4. Select the Send Heartbeat messages check box to enable sending heartbeat messaging, as required.

5. Enter a time, in seconds, in the Heartbeat Interval field. This number must be lower than the LC

communication error threshold.

6. Click the General tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 235 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

7. Select the Switchover on Serial Link Down and/or Switchover on Ethernet LC Link Down check box, as

required.

8. Press Enter or select a different tab to accept the selections.

Note: When setting the LC Retry Timeout, consider the baud rate used to communicate with the LC and

the processing speed of the LC to avoid false failure reports.

9. If Switchover on Serial Link Down is enabled, from the Serial tab on the Configuration page, enter a

time, in milliseconds, in the LC Retry Timeout field. If an LC does not respond within this time, the

Reader will consider serial communications to the LC to be down and will trigger a switchover if the SPM

redundancy mode switch is in AUTO.

10. If Switchover on Ethernet LC Link Down is enabled, enter a time, in milliseconds, in the LC Ethernet

TCP-Socket Timeout text box. If an LC does not respond within this time, the Reader will consider

Ethernet communications to the LC to be down and could trigger a switchover if the SPM redundancy

mode switch is in AUTO.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 236 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

To configure the Reader to switch over when the Ethernet IR link is down

Prerequisites: Multiple Reader communication method set to Ethernet in the Lane Assignment tab

of the Configuration page.

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

2. Click the General tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

1. Select the Switchover on Ethernet IRIF Link Down check box.

2. From the Lane assignment tab on the Configuration page, enter an IRIF timeout, in milliseconds, in

the IRIF text box.

Result: The Reader now continuously checks the IRIF link and switches over whenever a downed

Ethernet IRIF link is detected.

To configure the Reader to switchover based on Test tag feedback (if present)

Note: Test tags are used to continuously check and confirm the operation of the antennas.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 237 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

1. Select the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Click the Test Tags tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 238 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Select the Test Tag State check box to enable tag testing for the appropriate RF channel(s).

4. Enter the number of consecutive test tag faults that cause a channel to be considered bad in the Test

Tag Single Fault Threshold text box.

Note: This should be set to 5 or higher.

5. Enter the number of bad channels that will trigger an automatic switchover, if the SPM redundancy switch

is in AUTO, in the Test Tag Multiple Fault Threshold text box.

Note: This value must be less than or equal to the number of RF channels equipped with test tags.

6. Enter the period of time between test tag checks, in seconds, in the Test Tag Period check box.

Note: This should be set between 30 and 90 seconds.

7. Press Enter or select a different tab to accept .

New firmware

Periodically, Kapsch Service will release a new version of the Reader firmware. The firmware name

indicates the year, month, day, and revision number of the release.

This procedure outlines how to upload the new firmware to the Reader so it can then be activated.

Uploading new firmware

Prerequisites: A service laptop containing a copy of the latest firmware is connected to either the

Ethernet 1 or a USB port and then logged into the CTM web interface.

You must have Software Management permissions.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 239 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

CAUTION:

On a redundant Reader, ensure that the redundant side has no

fault conditions and all lane controller links are functioning

1. Select the Manage Software link from the left panel of the screen.

Result: The following Software Update page appears.

Note: Ensure that the new firmware version is more recent than the active firmware version

2. Check the Space remaining to ensure there is enough Reader memory to load the new firmware.

3. If there is not enough Reader memory, delete an older, inactive version of the firmware (see Deleting

firmware, page 242).

4. Click the Browse button to select the new firmware file saved on the computer.

5. Click the Upload and Verify Software Update button, then click Yes to confirm.

Result: The firmware will upload from the computer to the Reader. After the firmware has finished

uploading to the Reader, the firmware appears in the table of available firmware versions as INACTIVE.

To begin using the new firmware, activate the firmware (see Activating new firmware).

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 240 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Activating new firmware

The currently active firmware version becomes inactive once another firmware version is activated. All

numbered callouts in parenthesis refer to Figure 7-2.

The following procedures outline the steps for activating an inactive firmware version stored on the

Reader.

Prerequisites: You must have Software Management permissions.

The primary and secondary sides of the Reader are running normally.

The required firmware is uploaded to the Reader (see New firmware , page 238).

CAUTION:

Activating inactive factory firmware on a running system is not

recommended. The factory firmware may not be appropriate for

the specific application.

CAUTION: Redundant Reader

During firmware activation (typically less than 60 seconds) the

Reader will switch over to the other side to process and report

transactions, regardless of the position of the mode switch on the

SPM module. Ensure that the other side is running normally and

all lane controller links are functioning. The Reader will be unable

to process or report transactions if it is unable to switch over to

the other side.

CAUTION: Non-Redundant Reader

During firmware activation (typically less than 60 seconds), a non-

redundant Reader is unable to process or report transactions.

On the Primary side:

1. Save the current configuration file, (see Saving the Reader configuration, page 243).

2. From the Software Management page, identify the inactive firmware version to be activated in the

firmware version table ().

3. Click the corresponding Activate button () to activate the firmware. Click to acknowledge there will be

a delay before the firmware becomes active.

4. If necessary, restore the configuration file saved in step 1 (see Uploading a saved configuration, page

246).

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 241 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 7-2: Activating Firmware

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 242 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

On the Secondary side:

1. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the secondary side, ensuring the same firmware version is active for the

primary and secondary side.

Deleting firmware

The Factory firmware and active firmware cannot be deleted. All callouts refer to Figure 7-3. This

procedure outlines the steps for deleting an inactive firmware version stored on the Reader.

Prerequisites: You must have Software Management permissions.

1. From the Software Management page, identify the inactive firmware version to be deleted in the

firmware version table ().

2. Click the corresponding Delete button (). Click Yes to confirm. The firmware will be deleted and will no

longer appear in the firmware version table ().

Figure 7-3: Deleting firmware

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 243 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Saving the Reader configuration

Each CTM has a unique configuration file stored on its CFM. This configuration file can be downloaded

and saved to a computer. Use a saved configuration file to do the following.

 Quickly configure another Reader requiring the same or similar configuration.

 Restore the Reader to a known configuration.

 Troubleshoot problems by comparing the current configuration to past configurations.

This procedure outlines the steps for saving the Reader configuration to a service laptop which is

logged into a CTM.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM and accessing the

CTM web interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Click the Configuration link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

1. Click the Manage Config tab on the Configuration page.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 244 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Save config button to save the new configuration.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 245 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

If using Internet Explorer:

1. From the Internet Explorer File menu, select Save As. Select Yes to confirm, if prompted.

2. Select or create the destination folder, enter a unique file name, and select Text File as the file type.

3. Click Save.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 246 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

If using Firefox:

1. Select Save File. Note the configuration filename () that is automatically generated.

2. Click OK.

Result: The configuration file will be saved as a text file in the default Firefox download location.

Uploading a saved configuration

Uploading a saved configuration will overwrite the current Reader configuration. There are two options

for uploading a saved configuration: updating all configuration settings except for the IP settings, or

updating all configuration settings including the IP settings. All callouts refer to Figure 7-4.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM and accessing the

CTM web interface.Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. A version of the

configuration file to be loaded is saved on a service laptop connected to the Reader.

CAUTION:

Improper modification of configuration parameters may adversely

affect system operation. The default values may not be appropriate

for the specific application. It is the system integrator’s responsibility

to tailor the configuration parameters to the specific operating

environment.

1. From the Manage Config tab on the Configuration page, click the Browse button () to locate the

configuration file on the service laptop to be uploaded.

2. If uploading all configuration settings to the Reader without changing the IP addresses settings, click the

first Upload Config button ().

3. If uploading all configuration settings to the Reader, including the IP addresses, click the second Upload

Config button ().

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 247 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Figure 7-4: The Manage Config tab on the Configuration page

Resetting the Reader configuration to the factory default

Certain field service tests use the factory default configuration. This procedure outlines how to restore

the factory default values without changing the Reader IP addresses.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM and accessing the

CTM web interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. Save the current

Reader configuration (Saving the Reader configuration, page 243).

CAUTION:

The factory default configuration should not be restored on a

running Reader. The factory firmware may not be appropriate for

the specific application. Save the current Reader configuration

before resetting the Reader configuration to the factory default.

1. Click on the Configuration link on the left side panel of the CTM web Interface.

Result: The following Configuration page appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 248 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Manage Config tab.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 249 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Click the Reset Parameters to Default Values button.

Result: All configuration values, except for the Reader IP addresses, will change to the factory defaults.

Administration

User administration permissions are needed when a new user account needs to be created, when an

account needs to be changed, or deleted. The user can be given access to any combination of the five

following access areas.

 User

 Advanced user

 Software management

 User admin

 Manage log files

Creating a new user

This procedure outlines how to create a new user account, create a password, and set the user

permissions.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to either the Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM. Refer to

Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have User Admin permissions.

1. Click on the Manage Users link on the left side panel

Result: The following screen appears.

2. A Create New User form will appear on the User Management tab.

3. Click the Create New User button.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 250 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

4. Enter a unique user name in the User Name text box.

5. Enter the new user’s password in the Password and Confirm Password text boxes.

6. Select Enabled for any of the five access areas to give the user the appropriate permissions.

7. Click Submit to create the new user account and return to the User Management tab.

Note: If you decide not to create the user at this time, click Cancel to return to the User Management tab

Changing a user’s access permissions

A user’s access permissions are set when the user account is created. As a user’s responsibilities

change, they may need access to more or fewer areas of the Reader configuration. This procedure

outlines how to change the access permissions of an existing user.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM. Refer to Connecting

a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have User Admin permissions.

1. Click on the Manage Users link on the left side panel

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 251 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Identify the user whose access permissions need changing.

3. Select the corresponding check box to give access to a particular area; clear the corresponding check box to

deny access.

Note: If you navigate away from the User Management page before clicking the Change Permissions button,

the access changes are not saved.

4. After the appropriate access changes are made, click the user’s corresponding Change Permissions button.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 252 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

5. Click Yes to confirm.

Result: The user access permissions update.

Deleting a user

Note: A deleted user will no longer be able to access the CTM web interface.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM. Refer to

Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have User Admin permissions.

1. Click on the Manage Users link on the left side panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Click the corresponding Delete button.

Result: A dialog box appears for delete confirmation.

3. Click Yes to confirm.

Verifying a computer is communicating with a specific CTM

Note: This test verifies the CTM that is being communicated with while using the web interface.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM and accessing the

CTM web interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Click on the Configuration link on the left side panel of the CTM web Interface.

Result: The following Configuration page appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 253 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Click the Status link on the left panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 254 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Click the Miscellaneous Information tab

Result: The following screen appears.

4. Click the System Identification button.

Result: The CTM MC LED flashes green – red – amber – green three times.

Note: If the CTM MC LED does not flash correctly, the service laptop is not communicating with that CTM.

Using an NTP Server to synchronize the clocks of Readers in an IR network

Readers can use NTP servers to accurately regulate the time of all Readers in an IR network. This

procedure outlines how to enable NTP time synchronization, set IP addresses for the NTP servers, and

select the time zone for display purposes.

Note: NTP time sync can be used when a single reader is in use, as well as multiple readers.

Prerequisites: The Reader must be on a network connected to the Internet. A service laptop

connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM and accessing the CTM web interface. Refer to

Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.You must have Advanced User permissions.

1. Visit http://support.ntp.org/bin/view/Servers/StratumTwoTimeServers to see a list of NTP servers.

2. Identify an NTP server in your geographic region (the ISO column) that has an OpenAccess policy (the

AccessPolicy column).

3. Click on the host name of the NTP server (the HostName column). The ServerForm table appears.

4. Record the IP address of the NTP server.

Note: The following step is optional.

5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 to obtain a total of three (3) IP addresses, each from a different NTP server.

6. Click on the Set Time link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 255 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Result: The following screen appears.

7. From the Time Management screen, select Enable to enable the Reader time updates from an NTP server.

8. Enter the three unique IP addresses recorded in step 4 in the NTP Server 1, 2 and 3 text boxes.

9. Select the appropriate time zone from the Time Zone drop-down box. This is for display purposes only.

10. Click the Update NTP Setting button.

Result: The first available NTP server updates the Reader time.

Manually setting the Reader time and date

The Reader time can be set manually when it is not part of an Inter-Reader network. This procedure

outlines how to set manually the Reader time.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM and accessing the

CTM web interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

1. Click the Set Time link on the left side of the panel.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 256 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

2. Enter a numeric value for the date and time in the Set System Time field. The format is

‘MMDDYY<space>HHMMSS’, using a 24-hour clock.

3. Click the Set Time button.

Result: The Reader updates to the time entered in the field.

Logging transactions remotely via an Ethernet connection

Attention: Use this function only under the direction of Kapsch Service.

Monitoring OBU transactions as they occur via the DIAGNOSTIC PORT

Use the Diagnostics port to view OBU transactions as they occur. This can also be done from the CTM

web interface Diagnostics page.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to the Reader DIAGNOSTIC PORT using PuTTY or

HyperTerminal. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40.

see Using PuTTY to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC PORT, page 260, or,

see Using HyperTerminal to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC PORT, page 260.

Note: The operator must ensure that there is only one active connection to diag1 for any given CTM.

Having more than one simultaneous diag1 connection per CTM is not supported.

1. Press the Enter key a few times until the command prompt is displayed.

2. At the login: prompt, enter diag1 as the user id and diag1 as the password.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 257 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Note: Any OBU transactions will be displayed as they occur.

Saving Reader log files to a computer

This procedure outlines how to save any log file currently saved on the Reader to a computer.

Prerequisites: A service laptop connected to Ethernet 1 or a USB port of the CTM and accessing the

CTM web interface. Refer to Connecting a service laptop to the Reader, page 40. You must have View

Log Files and Manage Log Files permissions.

1. Select the Log Files link on the left side panel of the CTM web interface.

Result: The following screen appears.

2. Right-click on the log file you want to save from the list.

Result: The following screen appears.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 258 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

3. Click Save Target As… (Internet Explorer), Save Link As… (Firefox), or Save Link As… (Chrome) as

applicable.

4. In the pop-up window, select a save location, and then click the Save button.

Result: The file downloads to the computer.

Manually saving a Reader log file to a USB flash drive

This procedure outlines how to save any log file currently saved on the Reader to a USB memory stick.

Prerequisites: A USB memory stick is inserted into one of the CTM USB ports.

You must have View Log Files and Manage Log Files permissions.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Maintenance Instructions

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 259 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

From the USB Logging tab on the Log Files page:

1. Click the Copy Log Files to USB device button.

2. Click the Safely Remove Hardware and Eject Media icon on the taskbar tray and select Eject USB device.

3. Remove the USB memory stick.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 260 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Appendix A Miscellaneous

Using PuTTY to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC PORT

1. Launch PuTTY.

2. Select Serial as your Connection Type.

3. Select the computer COM port that is connected to the Diagnostic Port.

4. Enter 115200 in the Speed text box.

5. Click Open.

Result: The following configuration screen appears.

6. Press Enter a few times until the login prompt appears.

Using HyperTerminal to connect to the DIAGNOSTIC PORT

1. Go to Start  Run.

2. Type hypertrm, and then click OK.

3. In the Connection Description pop-up, enter a session name and then click OK.

4. In the Connect To pop-up, select the COM port that is connected to the Diagnostic Port from the

Connect Using drop-down box.

5. Click OK.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 261 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Using RealTerm to connect to the MRFM-S

1. Connect a serial cable from the MRFM LC COM port to a port on your computer.

2. Launch RealTerm.

3. From the Port tab, select 115200 from the Bits per second drop-down box,set Data Bits to 8, set Parity

to None, Stop Bits to 1, Flow Control to None.

Example: The following example is shown.

4. Select the COM port number of the computer port you connected to in Step 1 from the Port drop-down

box.

5. Click the Change button.

6. From the Display tab, select Binary from the Display As column.

7. MRFM-S data now displays in the display pane in the upper half of the RealTerm window.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 262 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Accessing Documentation

You can access the documentation package for the JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2 online at

http://dds.kapsch.ca

A Username and Password can be obtained from Kapsch Service.

The documentation package includes the following.

 Bill of Materials

 Assembly Drawings

 Schematic Drawings

 Parts Specifications (for purchased items)

 Operator and Maintenance Manuals

 Installation Instructions

 Training slides

 Software Design Documents: Context Diagrams, Data Flows

 As-built installation drawings (services)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 263 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Technical Specifications and Pin outs

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2 Technical Specifications

Operation subject to FCC Site licensing (per FCC Part 90, Subpart M)

Dimensions (excluding enclosure)

Height = 17.5 inch

Width = 19.06 inch

Depth = 11.30 inch

Weight (excluding enclosure)

Redundant Reader, with all slots filled: 63 lbs. (Not including MRFM-S)

Enclosure Requirements

NEMA 4 rated

Operating Temperature Range

-29.2F to +165.2F (-34C to +74C) For operation above 55oC a 300CFM fan tray is required.

Power Requirements

300W @ 110VAC, UL/CSA power supply.

Minimum of two, 3-prong IEC-320 receptacles (not supplied).

PSM Ratings

95-135 VAC, 60 +/- 2 Hz, 5A.

One capable of supplying full load on redundant systems.

Software

Latest release available at delivery. Reader ships with default configuration settings.

Memory Capacity

400,000 buffered transactions.

RF Channel Capacity

Lane-based channels: maximum of 8.

ORT channels: maximum of 5.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 264 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

NEMA 4 Enclosure Specifications

Kapsch TrafficCom Field Cabinet Part Numbers

Left hinged: 800127-101

Right hinged: 800127-102

Dimension

Height = 36 inch

Width = 30 inch

Depth = 20 inch

Enclosure Requirements

A 6 to 8-inch clearance between the top and bottom of the Reader and enclosure.

Located for ready maintenance access.

Location limited by maximum RF and Synchronization cable run length.

Construction

-Aluminum with stainless steel components

-Neoprene gasket

-Installed a 19-inch equipment rack for Reader mounting

-Universally keyed lock

Penetrations

Must not allow moisture or condensation to run onto electronics or power cables.

Kapsch TrafficCom warranty extends to manufacturer defects as delivered but does not cover

environments, locations, or penetrations that invalidate the NEMA 4 rating.

Deference is made to any specifications used by the agency to govern NEMA 4 enclosures on its

roadways.

Grounding

Use AWG 8 wire to connect to the earth – ground system.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 265 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

CTM Diagnostic Port pin out

Connector Type

Data Communications Equipment (DCE) pin assignment, 9–pin male connector.

Lightning Suppression

Not required.

Number

Signal

Description

Diagram

1

DCD

Carrier Detect input

2

RXD

Receive Data input

3

TXD

Transmit Data output

4

n/c

5

GND

Logic Ground

6

n/c

7

RTS

Request to Send output

8

CTS

Clear to Send input

9

n/c

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 266 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

CTM Ethernet Ports 1 and 2 pin out

Connector Type

8 pin RJ45 female

Lightning Suppression

Recommended on all pins.

Number

Signal

Description

Diagram

1

BI_DA+

Bi-directional pair A +

2

BI_DA-

Bi-directional pair A -

3

BI_DB+

Bi-directional pair B +

4

BI_DC+

Bi-directional pair C +

5

BI_DC-

Bi-directional pair C -

6

BI_DB-

Bi-directional pair B -

7

BI_DD+

Bi-directional pair D +

8

BI_DD-

Bi-directional pair D -

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 267 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

SPM terminal block connections

Connector Type

Terminal block

Lightning Suppression

Recommended for all signal wires.

Terminal

Number

Signal

Description

Diagram

1

CGND

chassis ground, shield

2

R-

Sync Rx (RS-422 -)

3

R+

Sync Rx (RS-422 +)

4

T+

Sync Tx (RS-422 +)

5

T-

Sync Tx (RS-422 -)

6

CGND

chassis ground, shield

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 268 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

LPM RS-232 COM Port pin out

Connector Type

Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) pin assignment, DB9

Lightning Suppression

Recommended on pins 2, 3, 7, 8.

Number

Signal

Description

Diagram

1

DCD

Data Carrier Detect

2

TXD

Transmit data output

3

RXD

Receive data input

4

DTR

Data Terminal Ready

5

SGND

Signal ground

6

DSR

Data Set Ready

7

RTS

Ready to Send

8

CTS

Clear To Send

9

CGND

Chassis ground

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 269 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

LPM RS-422 COM Port pin out

Connector Type

Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) pin assignment, DB9

Lightning Suppression

Recommended on pins 1, 2, 3, 4.

Number

Signal

Description

Diagram

1

TXD+

Transmit data output

2

TXD-

Transmit data output

3

RXD+

Receive data output

4

RXD-

Receive data input

5

NC

6

NC

7

NC

8

NC

9

NC

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 270 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Antenna Specifications

Antenna

IAG-1

IAG-3

P/N

800260-011

800260-015

Lane Kit #

801692-019

Description

3x3 patch

3x4 dipole array

Width

(inch)

34.75

34.5

Length

(inch)

31.75

21.25

Thickness

(in inches)

2.3

3.13

Weight1

(lbs)

33

19

Mounting

horizontal

Application

standard width

or ORT lane

Standard Width or

ORT lane

Note: Mounting information is provided as a guideline.

Weight specified is applicable to the antenna structure only i.e. it does not include mounting hardware.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 271 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Antenna Environmental Specifications

Operating Temperature: -34C to 74C

Vibration:

Frequency Displacement

Below 1 Hz 10 inch sway

1-4 Hz 1 inch sway

4-10 Hz 0.1 amplitude

11-15 Hz 0.03 amplitude

16-25 Hz 0.02 amplitude

26-30 Hz 0.01 amplitude

31-40 Hz 0.005 amplitude

41-50 Hz 0.003 amplitude

Shock (all direction): 15 G, 11 ms saw tooth

Wind: 160 mph

Peak Displacement: 6 inches

RF Cable Specifications

Kapsch TrafficCom IVHS recommends the following options for RF feedline cables.

Cable P/N

Manufacturer

Loss/100ft

(dB)

LMR-400DB

Times Microwave

3.966

LMR-600DB

Times Microwave

2.542

LMR 900DB

Times Microwave

1.725

LDF4-50A

Andrews

2.1

The maximum cable length is limited by the permitted cable signal loss. The maximum cable signal

loss is based on the protocols selected and is limited to the lowest value in the table below of all

protocols enabled.

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 272 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Protocol

Maximum

cable loss

(dB)

TDM - IAG

8

ISO18000-6C

8

ISO18000-6B

4

SeGo

4

Allegro

4

10374/ATA/AAR S-918

4

Connectors: Use cable assembly tools recommended by the cable manufacturer.

Cable splicing: No splices are allowed, must be a continuous run

Minimum Bend Radius: See Manufacturers recommendation

Finished connection must be weatherproofed using self-amalgamating tape

Cable that run underground or may be submersed in water must be installed in conduit with no other

cables capable of inducing RFI or EMI.

Synchronization cable specifications

Belden 9730 or 89730 cable or equivalent as determined by Kapsch TrafficCom engineering. Detailed

specifications available from manufacturer.

An example of the wiring detail is shown in Figure 5-9: Synchronization circuit schematic for three

Readers, page 159. This cable must be run in conduit and should not be run with other cables capable

of inducing RFI or EMI.

Maximum Sync Cable Length

2000 feet (607 meters) max length, sum of all Readers cable segments to hub

1500 feet (457 meters) max length, any one Reader cable segment to hub

Sync Cable Requirements

Temperature: as required for operating environment

Environmental: as required for operating environment (must be waterproof if immersion is possible)

Capacitance: 30 pF/ft or less

Sync Wire: 3 twisted pairs (2 active, 1 spare), shielded, single or multiple drain

Wire gauge: 24 AWG (minimum)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 273 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Terminal Block

Temperature and Environmental: as required for operating environment

Number of terminals: [4 X (number of Readers in the sync group) plus 4] e.g. 3 Readers require

(4x3)+4 = 16

Connection: See the example diagram of a three-Reader sync hub connection inFigure 5-9, page 159.

Spares and Tools

The following table lists the recommended spares for the JANUS reader and the Lane Kits.

Part Number

Description

801638-001

Configuration module - CFM

801701-003

Lane port module, RS422 - LPM

801701-002

Lane port module, RS232 - LPM

802311-001

Power supply module, primary - PSM

802311-002

Power supply module, secondary - PSM

307865-020

Fuse, time lag, 10A, 500V, power supply main input

801693-001

Sync port module, 2-wire RS485-SPM

801693-002

Sync port module, 4-wire RS485 - SPM

801693-003

Sync port module, 4-wire RS422 - SPM

802284-TAB

Controller module, RS422 - CTM

802284-TAB

Controller module, RS232 - CTM

802344-001

Lane kit, IAG-3

800260-011

Antenna, IAG-1

800260-015

Antenna, IAG-3

800125-001

Adapter cable, RF

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 274 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Part Number

Description

802295-TAB

MRFM-S module

Test Equipment

 Two-way radios

 Measuring device (Tape rule, Wheel)

 Lane marking materials (paint or other)

 Plumb bob (25ft. line length)

 Electronic Level (digital display)

 Tool kits, appropriate cables, connectors etc.

Test Vehicles

 Bucket / Lift Platform Truck

 Passenger Vehicle (Type to be determined by Kapsch Engineering)

_

JANUS® Multi-Protocol Reader Ver. 2: Appendix

Confidential UM 360463-202: A12 (Draft) Page 275 of 291

These drawings and specifications contain confidential and proprietary information and are the property of Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc. and are issued in strict

confidence and will be kept confidential and used solely for the purpose intended and for no other purpose and shall not be transmitted, reproduced, copied, and/or

used as the basis for manufacture or sale of apparatus unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Kapsch TrafficCom Canada Inc.

FILE: MPR2_OPERATIONS_AND_MAINTENANCE-MANUAL_REV A12.DOCX 05/08/2014 11:24

Kapsch TrafficCom

Reference Documents

Doc number

Title

ICD 360430-111

Interface Control Document for the Next Generation Reader External

Hardware Interface

322704-TAB

Calibration Procedures

322710-077

Gold Transponder and Production Tester Calibration and Maintenance

Procedure

801850-002

Front Mount Exterior (FME) Transponder Mounting Instructions for

passenger vehicles

801850-004

G4 Interior Transponder Mounting Instructions

801850-005

Front Mount Exterior (FME) Transponder Roof Mounting Instructions for

trucks and buses

801850-006

Motorcycle Front Mount Exterior (FME) Transponder Mounting Instructions

801850-008

G4F Feedback Interior Transponder Mounting Instructions

801850-012

G4 Transponder Secure Mount Bracket Mounting Instructions

801850-014

G4P Permanent Interior Transponder Mounting Instructions

801850-015

Flat Pack Transponder (FPT) Mounting Instructions

801850-016

Roof-Mount Flat Pack Transponder (FPT) Mounting Instructions for trucks

and buses

801850-018

Commercial Vehicle Operator (CVO) Self-Test Transponder Mounting

Instructions

801850-019

Front Mount Exterior (FME) Transponder Front Mounting Instructions for

trucks and buses

801850-020

Motorcycle Flat Pack Transponder (FPT) Mounting Instructions

KAPSCH TRAFFICCOM CANADA 802295A Non-multilateration LMS transmitter and receiver User Manual Operator and Maintenance Manual

KAPSCH TRAFFICCOM CANADA INC. Non-multilateration LMS transmitter and receiver Operator and Maintenance Manual

Contents

Operations and Maintenance Manual

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation